G-code

From RepRap
(Redirected from Gcode)
Jump to: navigation, search

This page tries to describe the flavour of G-codes that the RepRap firmwares use and how they work. The main target is additive fabrication using FFF processes. Codes for print head movements follow the NIST RS274NGC G-code standard, so RepRap firmwares are quite usable for CNC milling and similar applications as well. See also on Wikipedia's G-code article.

There are a few different ways to prepare G-code for a printer. One method would be to use a slicing program such as Slic3r, Skeinforge or Cura. These programs import a CAD model, slice it into layers, and output the G-code required to print each layer. Slicers are the easiest way to go from a 3D model to a printed part, however the user sacrifices some flexibility when using them. Another option for G-code generation is to use a lower level library like mecode. Libraries like mecode give you precise control over the tool path, and thus are useful if you have a complex print that is not suitable for naive slicing. The final option is to just write the G-code yourself. This may be the best choice if you just need to run a few test lines while calibrating your printer.

As many different firmwares exist and their developers tend to implement new features without discussing strategies or looking what others did before them, a lot of different sub-flavours for the 3D-Printer specific codes developed over the years. This particular page is the master page for RepRap. Nowhere in here should the same code be used for two different things; there are always more numbers to use... The rule is: add your new code here, then implement it.

Unfortunately human nature being what it is, the best procedures aren't always followed, so some multiple uses of the same code exist. The rule which should be followed is that later appearances of a code on this page (later than the original use of a code), are deprecated and should be changed, unless there is a good technical reason (like the general G-Code standard) why a later instance should be preferred. Note that the key date is appearance here, not date of implementation.

Contents

Introduction

A typical piece of G-code as sent to a RepRap machine might look like this:

N3 T0*57
N4 G92 E0*67
N5 G28*22
N6 G1 F1500.0*82
N7 G1 X2.0 Y2.0 F3000.0*85
N8 G1 X3.0 Y3.0*33

G-code can also be stored in files on SD cards. A file containing RepRap G-code usually has the extension .g, .gco or .gcode. Files for BFB/RapMan have the extension .bfb. G-code stored in file or produced by a slicer might look like this:

G92 E0
G28
G1 F1500
G1 X2.0 Y2.0 F3000
G1 X3.0 Y3.0

The meaning of all those symbols and numbers (and more) is explained below.

Slicers will (optionally?) add G-code scripts to the beginning and end of their output file to perform specified actions before and/or after a print such as z-probing the build-area, heating/cooling the bed and hotend, performing ooze free "nozzle wipe" startup routine, switching system power on/off, and even "ejecting" parts. More info on the Start GCode routines and End GCode routines pages.

To find out which specific G-code(s) are implemented in any given firmware, there are little tables attached to the command descriptions, like this one:

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Partial ??? ??? ??? ??? Experimental ??? ??? Partial
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No ??? Yes ??? Yes Automatic Yes ???

Here means:

 ??? Unknown if the firmware supports this G-code. You may want to test this yourself before using it in production.
Yes The G-code is fully supported by the firmware.
1.23+ The G-code is supported by version 1.23 and above.
No The firmware does not support the G-code at all.
Partial There is only partial support for the full G-code specification. It may be required to rebuild the source code with extra options or flip configuration switches on the mainboard.
Experimental The G-code is experimental and may change or be removed.
Automatic The firmware handles this G-code automatically, so there's no need to send the command. An example is power supply on/off G-code (M80/M81) in the Teacup firmware.

For the technically-minded, G-code line endings are Unix Line Endings (\n), but will accept Windows Line Endings (\r\n), so you should not need to worry about converting between the two, but it is best practice to use Unix Line Endings where possible.

Fields

A RepRap G-code is a list of fields that are separated by white spaces or line breaks. A field can be interpreted as a command, parameter, or for any other special purpose. It consists of one letter directly followed by a number, or can be only a stand-alone letter (Flag). The letter gives information about the meaning of the field (see the list below in this section). Numbers can be integers (128) or fractional numbers (12.42), depending on context. For example, an X coordinate can take integers (X175) or fractionals (X17.62), but selecting extruder number 2.76 would make no sense. In this description, the numbers in the fields are represented by nnn as a placeholder.

In RepRapFirmware, some parameters can be followed by more than one number, with colon used to separate them. Typically this is used to specify extruder parameters, with one value provided per extruder. If only one value is provided where a value is needed for each extruder, then that value is applied to all extruders.

Letter Meaning
Gnnn Standard G-code command, such as move to a point
Mnnn RepRap-defined command, such as turn on a cooling fan
Tnnn Select tool nnn. In RepRap, a tool is typically associated with a nozzle, which may be fed by one or more extruders.
Snnn Command parameter, such as time in seconds; temperatures; voltage to send to a motor
Pnnn Command parameter, such as time in milliseconds; proportional (Kp) in PID Tuning
Xnnn A X coordinate, usually to move to. This can be an Integer or Fractional number.
Ynnn A Y coordinate, usually to move to. This can be an Integer or Fractional number.
Znnn A Z coordinate, usually to move to. This can be an Integer or Fractional number.
U,V,W Additional axis coordinates (RepRapFirmware)
Innn Parameter - X-offset in arc move; integral (Ki) in PID Tuning
Jnnn Parameter - Y-offset in arc move
Dnnn Parameter - used for diameter; derivative (Kd) in PID Tuning
Hnnn Parameter - used for heater number in PID Tuning
Fnnn Feedrate in mm per minute. (Speed of print head movement)
Rnnn Parameter - used for temperatures
Qnnn Parameter - not currently used
Ennn Length of extrudate. This is exactly like X, Y and Z, but for the length of filament to consume.
Nnnn Line number. Used to request repeat transmission in the case of communications errors.
*nnn Checksum. Used to check for communications errors.

Case sensitivity

The original NIST G-code standard requires gcode interpreters to be case-insensitive, except for characters in comments. However, not all 3D printer firmwares conform to this and some recognise uppercase command letters and parameters only.

Firmwares that are known to be case-insensitive
RepRapFirmware version 1.19 and later (except within quoted strings)
Druid Firmware version 1.00 by default is case-insensitive: ( M544 S0 = case-sensitive / M544 S1 = case-insensitive )
Firmwares that are known to be case-sensitive
RepRapFirmware version 1.18 and earlier
Druid Firmware version 1.00 for case-sensitive: M544 S0 = case-sensitive

Quoted strings

In RepRapFirmware, some commands support quoted strings when providing file names and other string parameters. This allows file names, WiFi passwords etc. to contain spaces, semicolons and other characters that would otherwise not be permitted. Double-quote characters are used to delimit the string, and any double-quote character within the string must be repeated.

Unfortunately, some gcode sender programs convert all characters to uppercase and don't provide any means to disable this feature. Therefore, within a quoted-string, the single-quote character is used as a flag to force the following character to lowercase. If you want to include a single quote character in the string, use two single quote characters to represent one single quote character.

Example: to add SSID MYROUTER with password ABCxyz;" 123 to the WiFi network list, use command:

M587 S"MYROUTER" P"ABCxyz;"" 123"

or if you can't send lowercase characters:

M587 S"MYROUTER" P"ABC'X'Y'Z;"" 123"

Using expressions in parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No ??? No ??? No No No ???

RepRapFirmware 3.1 and later allow parameter values to be computed from an expression enclosed in { }. Such an expression may include constants, values from the machine object model, operators and functions. Example:

G1 X{move.axes[0].max-5} Y{move.axes[1].min+5} F6000 ; move to 5mm short of the X and Y axis limits

See https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/GCode_Meta_Commands#Section_Use_of_expressions_within_GCode_commands for more details.

Comments

G-code comments begin at a semicolon, and end at the end of the line:

N3 T0*57 ; This is a comment
N4 G92 E0*67
; So is this
N5 G28*22

Some firmwares also obey the CNC G-code standard, which is to enclose comments in round brackets. Comments of this form must start and end on the same line:

(Home some axes)
G28 (here come the axes to be homed) X Y

Comments and white space will be ignored by your RepRap Printer. It's better to strip these out on the host computer before sending the G-code to your printer, as this saves bandwidth.

Special fields

N: Line number

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ???
Example
N123

If present, the line number should be the first field in a line. For G-code stored in files on SD cards the line number is usually omitted.

If checking is supported, the RepRap firmware expects line numbers to increase by 1 each line, and if that doesn't happen it is flagged as an error. But you can reset the count using M110 (see below).

Although supported, usage of N in Machinekit is discouraged as it serves no purpose.

*: Checksum

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes No ???

Example: *71

If present, the checksum should be the last field in a line, but before a comment. For G-code stored in files on SD cards the checksum is usually omitted.

The firmware compares the checksum against a locally-computed value. If they differ, it requests a repeat transmission of the line.

*: CRC

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No ??? No ??? No No No ???

Example: *37428

The 8-bit checksum provides insufficient protection against noise on the received data connection in some situations, for example where the cable from a display device runs close to an extruder cable. Therefore RepRapFirmware allows a CRC to be used in place of a checksum. If present, the CRC should be the last field in a line, but before a comment. RepRapFirmware assumes that * followed by 5 digits is a CRC, whereas * followed by 1, 2 or 3 digits is a checksum. The polynomial used is 0x1021 as for CCITT CRC16.

Checking

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes ??? ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes No ???
Example
N123 [...G Code in here...] *71

The RepRap firmware checks the line number and the checksum (or CRC if supported). You can leave both of these out - RepRap will still work, but it won't do checking. You have to have both or neither though. If only one appears, it produces an error.

The checksum "cs" for a G-code string "cmd" (including its line number) is computed by exor-ing the bytes in the string up to and not including the * character as follows:

int cs = 0;
for(i = 0; cmd[i] != '*' && cmd[i] != NULL; i++)
   cs = cs ^ cmd[i];
cs &= 0xff;  // Defensive programming...

and the value is appended as a decimal integer to the command after the * character.

Conditional Execution and Loops

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No ??? ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No ??? No ??? No No No ???

RepRapFirmware 3.01 and later supports conditions and loops in GCode. Properties from the firmware object model (e.g. current position, current tool) can be included in controlling expressions. See https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/GCode_Meta_Commands for details.

Buffering

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes ??? ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes ???

If buffering is supported, the RepRap firmware stores some commands in a ring buffer internally for execution. This means that there is no (appreciable) delay while a command is acknowledged and the next transmitted. In turn, this means that sequences of line segments can be plotted without a dwell between one and the next. As soon as one of these buffered commands is received it is acknowledged and stored locally. If the local buffer is full, then the acknowledgment is delayed until space for storage in the buffer is available. This is how flow control is achieved.

Typically, the following moving commands are buffered: G0-G3 and G28-G32. The Teacup Firmware buffers also some setting commands: G20, G21, G90 and G91. All other G, M or T commands are not buffered.

RepRapFirmware also implements an internal queue to ensure that certain codes (like M106) are executed in the right order and not when the last move has been added to the look-ahead queue.

When an unbuffered command is received it is stored, but it is not acknowledged to the host until the buffer is exhausted and then the command has been executed. Thus the host will pause at one of these commands until it has been done. Short pauses between these commands and any that might follow them do not affect the performance of the machine.

G-commands

G0 & G1: Move

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
  • G0 : Rapid Move
  • G1 : Linear Move
Usage
G0 Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Ennn Fnnn Snnn
G1 Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Ennn Fnnn Snnn
Parameters
Not all parameters need to be used, but at least one has to be used
Xnnn The position to move to on the X axis
Ynnn The position to move to on the Y axis
Znnn The position to move to on the Z axis
Ennn The amount to extrude between the starting point and ending point
Fnnn The feedrate per minute of the move between the starting point and ending point (if supplied)
Hnnn (RepRapFirmware) Flag to check if an endstop was hit (H1 to check, H0 to ignore, other Hnnn see note, default is H0)1
Rnnn (RepRapFirmware) Restore point number 4
Snnn Laser cutter/engraver power. In RepRapFirmware, when not in laser mode S in interpreted the same as H.
Examples
G0 X12               ; move to 12mm on the X axis
G0 F1500             ; Set the feedrate to 1500mm/min
G1 X90.6 Y13.8 E22.4 ; Move to 90.6mm on the X axis and 13.8mm on the Y axis while extruding 22.4mm of material

The RepRap firmware spec treats G0 and G1 as the same command, since it's just as efficient as not doing so.2

Most RepRap firmwares do subtle things with feedrates.

G1 F1500           ; Set feedrate to 1500mm/min
G1 X50 Y25.3 E22.4 ; Move and extrude

In the above example, we first set the feedrate to 1500mm/min, then move to 50mm on X and 25.3mm on Y while extruding 22.4mm of filament between the two points.

G1 F1500                 ; Feedrate 1500mm/min
G1 X50 Y25.3 E22.4 F3000 ; Accelerate to 3000mm/min

However, in the above example, we set a feedrate of 1500 mm/min, then do the same move, but accelerating to 3000 mm/min. Everything stays synchronized, so extrusion accelerates right along with X and Y movement.

The RepRap spec treats the feedrate as simply another variable (like X, Y, Z, and E) to be linearly interpolated. This gives complete control over the acceleration and deceleration of the printer head in a way that ensures everything moves smoothly together and the right volume of material is extruded at all points.3

To reverse the extruder by a given amount (for example to reduce its internal pressure while it does an in-air movement so that it doesn't dribble) simply use G0 or G1 to send an E value that is less than the currently extruded length.

Notes

1Some firmwares allow for the RepRap to enable or disable the "sensing" of endstops during a move. Please check with whatever firmware you are using to see if they support the H parameter in this way, as damage may occur if you assume incorrectly. In RepRapFirmware, using the H1 or H2 parameter on a delta printer causes the XYZ parameters to refer to the individual tower motor positions instead of the head position, and to enable endstop detection as well if the parameter is H1. H3 may be used to measure axis lengths and H4 can be used to stop when an endstop is hit while updating the position only (H4 is supported in 3.2-b4 and later).

2In the RS274NGC Spec, G0 is Rapid Move, which was used to move between the current point in space and the new point as quickly and efficiently as possible, and G1 is Controlled Move, which was used to move between the current point in space and the new point as precise as possible. In RepRapFirmware, G1 is always a linear move but G0 may not be linear (e.g. on a SCARA machine); however a G0 move will never go below the lower of the initial and final Z height of the move.

3Some firmwares may not support setting the feedrate inline with a move.

4RepRapFirmware provides an additional 'R' parameter to tell the machine to add the coordinates of the specified restore point to all axis coordinates mentioned in the G0 or G1 command. Axes that are not mentioned in the G0 or G1 command are not moved. When a print is paused, the coordinates are saved in restore point #1. When a tool change is commenced, the coordinates are saved in restore point #2. Coordinates can also be saved in restore points explicity using the G60 command.

Some older machines, CNC or otherwise, used to move faster if they did not move in a straight line. This is also true for some non-Cartesian printers, like delta or polar printers, which move easier and faster in a curve.

G2 & G3: Controlled Arc Move

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes1 Yes Yes3 Yes2 ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes No No Yes Experimental No Yes No
Usage
G2 Xnnn Ynnn Innn Jnnn Ennn Fnnn (Clockwise Arc)
G3 Xnnn Ynnn Innn Jnnn Ennn Fnnn (Counter-Clockwise Arc)
Parameters
Xnnn The position to move to on the X axis
Ynnn The position to move to on the Y axis
Innn The point in X space from the current X position to maintain a constant distance from
Jnnn The point in Y space from the current Y position to maintain a constant distance from
Ennn The amount to extrude between the starting point and ending point
Fnnn The feedrate per minute of the move between the starting point and ending point (if supplied)
Examples
G2 X90.6 Y13.8 I5 J10 E22.4

(Move in a Clockwise arc from the current point to point (X=90.6,Y=13.8), with a center point at (X=current_X+5, Y=current_Y+10), extruding 22.4mm of material between starting and stopping)

G3 X90.6 Y13.8 I5 J10 E22.4

(Move in a Counter-Clockwise arc from the current point to point (X=90.6,Y=13.8), with a center point at (X=current_X+5, Y=current_Y+10), extruding 22.4mm of material between starting and stopping)

Notes

1In Marlin Firmware not implemented for DELTA printers.

2Prusa Firmware implements arcs only in Cartesian XY.

3On Klipper, a gcode_arcs section must be enabled in the configuration file.

G4: Dwell

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Pause the machine for a period of time.

Parameters
Pnnn Time to wait, in milliseconds (In Teacup, P0, wait until all previous moves are finished)
Snnn Time to wait, in seconds (Only on Repetier, Marlin, Prusa, Smoothieware, and RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later)
Example
G4 P200

In this case sit still doing nothing for 200 milliseconds. During delays the state of the machine (for example the temperatures of its extruders) will still be preserved and controlled.

On Marlin, Smoothie and RepRapFirmware, the "S" parameter will wait for seconds, while the "P" parameter will wait for milliseconds. "G4 S2" and "G4 P2000" are equivalent.

G6: Direct Stepper Move

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use G1 S2 or G1 H2 instead ??? No ??? No No Yes No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Perform a direct, uninterpolated, and non-kinematic synchronized move of one or more steppers directly. Units may be linear (e.g., mm or inches on DELTA) or specified in degrees (SCARA). This command is useful for initialization, diagnostics, and calibration, and should be disabled on production equipment. This type of move can be potentially dangerous, especially for deltabots, so implementations should do their best to limit movement to prevent twerking and damaging the carriage assembly.

Parameters
Annn Stepper A position or angle
Bnnn Stepper B position or angle
Cnnn Stepper C position or angle
R Relative move flag
SCARA Examples
G6 A45     ; Move SCARA A stepper to the 45° position
G6 B20 R   ; Move SCARA B stepper 20° counter-clockwise
DELTA Example
G6 C10 R   ; Move DELTA C carriage up by 10mm

G10: Set tool Offset and/or workplace coordinates and/or tool temperatures

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes No No Yes ???
Usage
G10 Lnnn Pnnn Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Rnnn Snnn1
Parameters
Pnnn Tool number
Lnnn Offset mode 5
Xnnn X offset
Ynnn Y offset
Znnn Z offset2
U,V,W,A,B,Cnnn other axis offsets4
Rnnn Standby temperature(s) (RepRapFirmware)
Snnn Active temperature(s) (RepRapFirmware)
Examples
G10 L1 P2 X17.8 Y-19.3 Z0.0

(sets the offset for tool 2 to the X, Y, and Z values specified)

G10 P1 R140 S205

(RepRapFirmware only - set standby and active temperatures3 for tool 1)

Remember that any parameter that you don't specify will automatically be set to the last value for that parameter. That usually means that you want explicitly to set Z0.0. RepRapFirmware will report the tool parameters if only the tool number is specified.

The precise meaning of the X, Y (and other offset) values is: with no offset this tool is at this position relative to where a tool with offset (0, 0, 0) would be. So if the tool is 10mm to the left of a zero-offset tool the X value would be -10, and so on.

The R value is the standby temperature in oC that will be used for the tool, and the S value is its operating temperature. If you don't want the tool to be at a different temperature when not in use, set both values the same. See the T code (select tool) below. In tools with multiple heaters the temperatures for them all are specified thus: R100.0:90.0:20.0 S185.0:200.0:150.0 .

See also M585.

Notes

1Marlin uses G10/G11 for executing a retraction/unretraction move. Smoothie uses G10 for retract and G10 Ln for setting workspace coordinates. RepRapFirmware interprets a G10 command with no P or L parameter as a retraction command.

2It's usually a bad idea to put a non-zero Z value in as well unless the tools are loaded and unloaded by some sort of tool changer or are on indepedent carriages. When all the tools are in the machine at once they should all be set to the same Z height.

3If the absolute zero temperature (-273.15) is passed as active and standby temperatures, RepRapFirmware will only switch off the tool heater(s) without changing their preset active or standby temperatures. RepRapFirmware-dc42 does not support this setting.

4Tool offsets are applied after any X axis mapping has been performed. Therefore if for example you map X to U in your M563 command to create the tool, you should specify a U offset not an X offset. If you map X to both X and U, you can specify both offsets. (Not supported on all firmwares).

5L1 sets the offsets of the specified tool relative to the head reference point to the specified values. L2 sets the current workplace coordinate offsets to the specified values. L20 adjusts the current workplace coordinate offsets so that the current tool head position has the specified coordinates. NOTE on some firmwares L is required (and is required by NIST standard). P is also required to specify either the tool to update or the WCS to update.

G10: Retract

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? 0.92 Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn retract length (S1 = long retract, S0 = short retract = default) (Repetier only)
Example
G10

Retracts filament according to settings of M207 (Marlin, RepRapFirmware) or according to the S value (Repetier).

RepRapFirmware recognizes G10 as a command to set tool offsets and/or temperatures if the P parameter is present, and as a retraction command if it is absent.

G11: Unretract

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? 0.92 Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn retract length (S1 = long retract, S0 = short retract = default) (Repetier only)
Example
G11

Unretracts/recovers filament according to settings of M208 (Marlin, RepRapFirmware) or according to the S value (Repetier).

G12: Clean Tool

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0 Use a macro instead ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Usage
[P<0|1>] [S<count>] [T<count>]
G12 Pnnn Snnn Tnnn
Parameters
Pnnn1 Pattern style selection
Snnn Number of strokes (i.e. back-and-forth movements)
Tnnn Number of repetitions
Ennn 0=Never 1=Always apply software endstops (Marlin 2.0.6+)
Examples

G12 ; stroke pattern (default)

To generate a three triangle zig-zag pattern which will be stroked three times time use the following command. G12 P1 S3 T2 ; zig-zag pattern with 2 triangles

Notes

1In Marlin firmware and Derivatives Mk4duo this is implemented by hard-coded firmware behaviours As defined for variables NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES, NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT, NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT and NOZZLE_CLEAN_PARK.

With NOZZLE_CLEAN_PARK enabled, the nozzle will automatically return to the XYZ position after G12 is run.

More on this behaviour is documented inside of the code base.

The use of G12 for tool cleaning clashes with the established use of G12 for circular pocket milling on CNC machines. For this reason, RepRapFirmware does not support G12.

G17..19: Plane Selection (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.4 G18 and G19 need RRF 3.3 or later ??? No ??? ??? ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes ??? ??? ??? Yes No ??? Yes ???

These codes set the current plane as follows:

  • G17 : XY (default)
  • G18 : ZX
  • G19 : YZ

This mode applies to G2/G3 arc moves. Normal arc moves are in the XY plane, and for most applications that's all you need. For CNC routing it can be useful to do small "digging" moves while making cuts, so to keep the G-code compact it uses G2/G3 arcs involving the Z plane.

These commands are supported in Marlin 1.1.4 and later with ARC_SUPPORT and CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES enabled.

G20: Set Units to Inches

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
Example
G20

Units from now on are in inches. In RepRapFirmware, the inches/mm setting applies to regular printing and travel moves (G0, G1, G2 etc.) but not to configuration commands. Therefore configuration should be done in mm.

When executing a macro file, RepRapFirmware remembers the initial inches/mm setting and restores it after execution of the macro has completed.

G21: Set Units to Millimeters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ???
Example
G21

Units from now on are in millimeters. (This is the RepRap default.)

In RepRapFirmware, the inches/mm setting applies to regular printing and travel moves (G0, G1, G2 etc.) but not to configuration commands. Therefore configuration should be done in mm.

When executing a macro file, RepRapFirmware remembers the initial inches/mm setting and restores it after execution of the macro has completed. So a macro file such as pause.g (executed when a pause command is received) can safely use G21 at the start to switch the units to mm without affecting the job after the macro completes, regardless of whether the job was using inches or mm.

G22: Firmware Retract

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
G10 Use G10 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No
Usage
G22 ; Do a retract move

Use this command (along with G23) to have the firmware to do retraction moves (in contrast to generating an E axis G1 move). The retract length and speed are set in the firmware.

G23: Firmware Recover

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
G11 Use G11 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No
Usage
G23 ; Do a recover move

Use this command (along with G22) to have the firmware to do a recover move. The recover length and speed are set in the firmware.

G26: Mesh Validation Pattern

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0 No No No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G26 C P O2.25 ; Do a typical test sequence

The G26 Mesh Validation Pattern is designed to be used in conjunction with various Mesh Bed Leveling systems – those that adjust for an uneven —rather than just tilted— bed. The G26 command prints a single layer pattern over the entire print bed, giving a clear indication of how accurately every mesh point is defined. G26 can be used to determine which areas of the mesh are less-than-perfect and how much to adjust each mesh point.

G26 has large feature list, including a built-in test that extrudes material onto the bed. By default this is configured for PLA temperatures and a nozzle size of 0.4mm. (This will be adjustable in an upcoming version of Marlin.)

See the G26_Mesh_Validation_Tool.cpp file in the Marlin source code for full documentation of the G26 parameter list.

G27: Park toolhead

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0 No No No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Park the toolhead (i.e., nozzle) at a predefined XY position, with a Z raise value that applies over 0 or over the current position depending on the P parameter.

In Marlin this G-code is enabled by NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE and the park position is defined by NOZZLE_PARK_POINT. See G27 Park Toolhead for details.

Usage
G27 P0 ; Park, raising Z by NOZZLE_PARK_Z_RAISE_MIN, using NOZZLE_PARK_POINT.z as a safe height over 0
G27 P1 ; Park, raising Z to at least NOZZLE_PARK_POINT.z over 0
G27 P2 ; Park, raising Z by NOZZLE_PARK_POINT.z over the current Z

G28: Move to Origin (Home)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes2 ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes1 Yes
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
X Flag to go back to the X axis origin
Y Flag to go back to the Y axis origin
Z Flag to go back to the Z axis origin
P Reserved by Prusa
I Reserved by Prusa
Examples
G28     ; Home all axes (On Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s it will also perform mesh bed leveling)2
G28 X Z ; Home the X and Z axes

When the firmware receives this command, it quickly moves the specified axes (or all axes if none are given) to the endstops, backs away from each endstop by a short distance, and slowly bumps the endstop again to increase positional accuracy. This process, known as "Homing", is required to determine the position of the print carriage(s). Some firmware may even forbid movement away from endstops and other operations until the axes have been homed.

The X, Y, and Z parameters act only as flags. Any coordinates given are ignored. For example, G28 Z10 results in the same behavior as G28 Z. Delta printers cannot home individual axes, but must always home all three towers, so the X Y Z parameters are simply ignored on these machines.

Marlin firmware (version 1.1.0 and later) provides an option called Z_SAFE_HOMING for printers that use a Z probe to home Z instead of an endstop. With this option, the XY axes are homed first, then the carriage moves to a position –usually the middle of the bed– where it can safely probe downward to home Z.

RepRapFirmware uses macro files to home either all axes or individual axes. If all axes are homed, the file homeall.g is processed. For individual axes the homex.g, homey.g, or homez.g file will be used. On Delta printers, G28 command will always home all three towers by processing the homedelta.g file, regardless of any X Y Z parameters.

Because the behavior of G28 is unspecified, it is recommended not to automatically include G28 in your ending G-code. On a Cartesian this will result in damaging the printed object. If you need to move the carriage at the completion of a print, use G0 or G1.

Notes

1 MK4duo has a B parameter that tells the printer to return to the coordinates it was at before homing.
2 Original Prusa i3 MK2/s, MK2.5/s, MK3/s supports a W parameter to suppress mesh bed leveling. If W is omitted, G28 will home only and NOT perform mesh bed leveling. Original Prusa i3 MK3/s (TMC2130 drivers) supports a C parameter to calibrate the X and Y home position.

W Suppress mesh bed leveling (Prusa MK2/s, MK2.5/s and MK3/s only)2
C Calibrate X and Y home position (Prusa MK3/s only)2

G29: Detailed Z-Probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.17+ ??? G811 ??? 0.91.7 No: see G32 No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes Yes No No ???

This command uses a probe to measure the bed height at 3 or more points to determine its tilt and overall flatness. It then enables compensation so that the nozzle will remain parallel to the bed. The printer must be homed with G28 before using this command.

Each firmware behaves differently and depends on the type of bed leveling that's been configured. For example, Marlin 1.0.2 provides 3 different types of automatic bed leveling (probe required) and a manual bed leveling option. See your firmware's documentation for the specific options available.

Usage
G29
G29 Snnn
Parameters
Snnn Firmware-dependent behavior
Pfile.csv Optional file name for bed height map file (RepRapFirmware only)
Examples
G29    ; Probe the bed and enable compensation
G29 S2 ; Special operation - see below
G29 P1 ; UBL automated probe - see below
G29 Auto Bed Leveling (Marlin - MK4duo)

Marlin 1.0.2 and earlier provides three options for automatic bed leveling:

  • The 3-point method probes the bed at three points to produce a matrix, adjusting for a flat but tilted bed.
  • The planar grid method (non-Delta) probes a grid pattern to produce a matrix by the "least-squares" method, adjusting for a flat but tilted bed.
  • The bilinear grid method (Delta only) probes a grid pattern to produce a mesh, using bilinear interpolation to adjust for an uneven bed.

Marlin 1.1.0 and later allows the bilinear grid (i.e., "mesh") method to be used on all types of machines, not just deltas. This is the recommended leveling method going forward.

Also in Marlin 1.1.0 and later, the PROBE_MANUALLY option allows all forms of Auto Bed Leveling to be used without a probe. The procedure is similar to that of MESH_BED_LEVELING (see below). Begin the process with G29 to move the nozzle to the first point. Adjust the Z axis using G1 or your host software. Send G29 again to move to the next point and repeat until all points have been sampled.

Parameters
P Set the size of the grid that will be probed (P x P points). Not supported by non-linear delta printer bed leveling. Example: G29 P4
S Set the XY travel speed between probe points (in units/min)
D Dry-Run mode. Just evaluate the bed Topology - Don't apply or clean the rotation Matrix. Useful to check the topology after a first run of G29.
V Set the verbose level (0-4). Example: G29 V3
T Generate a Bed Topology Report. Example: G29 P5 T for a detailed report. This is useful for manual bed leveling and finding flaws in the bed (to assist with part placement). Not supported by non-linear delta printer bed leveling.
F Set the Front limit of the probing grid
B Set the Back limit of the probing grid
L Set the Left limit of the probing grid
R Set the Right limit of the probing grid
Global Parameters
E By default G29 will engage the Z probe, test the bed, then disengage. Include E or E1 to engage/disengage the Z probe for each sample. (This has no effect for fixed probes.)
G29 Unified Bed Leveling (Marlin - MK4duo)

Marlin firmware (version 1.1.0 and later) includes the AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL option for Unified Bed Leveling. UBL combines mesh leveling, tilted plane adjustment, 3-point leveling, and manual editing tools all together in a single package. To accomplish so much, UBL overloads `G29` with several new parameters and provides an additional G26 Mesh Tuning feature.

See the MarlinFW website for a dedicated Unified Bed Leveling page and complete documentation on `G29` for UBL and `G26` Mesh Validation.

G29 UBL Parameters (synopsis)
A     Activate   Activate the Unified Bed Leveling system. (i.e., M420 S1)
D     Disable    Disable the Unified Bed Leveling system. (i.e., M420 S0)

B#    Business   Do Manual Probing in 'Business Card' mode.
H#    Height     Height to raise the nozzle after each Manual Probe of the bed.

C     Continue   Continue, Constant, or Current Location, depending on Phase.
E     Every      Stow the probe after every sampled point.
F#    Fade       Fade leveling compensation gradually, until it ceases at the given height.
I#    Invalidate Invalidate a specified number of Mesh Points (X and Y).
J#    Grid       Do a grid (planar) leveling of the current Mesh using a grid with n points on a side.
K#    Kompare    Compare (diff) current Mesh with stored Mesh #, replacing current Mesh with the result.

L     Load       Load Mesh from the previously activated location in the EEPROM.
L#    Load       Load Mesh from the specified location in the EEPROM.
S     Store      Store the current Mesh in the Activated area of the EEPROM. Also save all settings.
S #   Store      Store the current Mesh at the specified area in EEPROM, set as the Activated area.
S -1  Store      Store the current Mesh as a print-out suitable to be fed back into the system.

O     Map        Display the Mesh Map Topology.

P0    Phase 0    Zero Mesh Data and turn off the Mesh Compensation System.
P1    Phase 1    Invalidate the Mesh and do Automatic Probing to generate new Mesh data.
P2    Phase 2    Probe unpopulated areas of the Mesh (those that couldn't be auto-probed).
P3    Phase 3    Fill unpopulated Mesh points with a fixed value. No 'C' for "smart fill" extrapolation.
P4    Phase 4    Fine tune the Mesh. ** Delta Mesh Compensation requires an LCD panel. **
P5    Phase 5    Find Mean Mesh Height and Standard Deviation.
P6    Phase 6    Shift Mesh height. All Mesh points are adjusted by the amount specified with 'C'.

Q     Test       Load specified Test Pattern to help check system operation.

R #   Repeat     Repeat the command the specified number of times. Default: grid points X * Y.

T     3-Point    Perform a 3-Point Bed Leveling on the current Mesh.

U     Unlevel    Perform a probe of the outer perimeter to assist in physically leveling the bed.

W     What?      Print a report of Unified Bed Leveling stored data.

X #              The X location for the command
Y #              The Y location for the command

Z     Zero       Do a single probe to set the Z Height of the nozzle.
Z #   Zero       Raise/lower the entire Mesh to conform with the specified difference (plus zprobe_zoffset).
G29 Manual Bed Leveling (Marlin - MK4duo)

Marlin firmware (version 1.0.2 and later) also provides a MESH_BED_LEVELING feature that can be used to perform bed leveling on machines lacking a probe. This form of bed leveling compensates for uneven Z height across the surface of the bed using a mesh and bilinear interpolation.

Manual Bed Leveling Usage
G29 S1 ; Move to the first point and wait for a measurement
G29 S2 ; Store the current Z, move to the next point
G29 S3 Xn Yn Zn.nn ; Modify the Z height of a single point
Options for the S parameter
S0 Produces a mesh report
S1 Start probing mesh points
S2 Probe the next mesh point
S3 Xn Yn Zn.nn Manually modify a single point
S4 Zn.nn Set z offset. Positive away from bed, negative closer to bed.
G29 Auto Bed Leveling (Repetier-Firmware)

Repetier firmware since v0.91 supports G29 with the optional Snnn parameter as described below. Useful to simply detect the Z bed angle so you can manually readjust your bed and get it as close to in plane as possible. If you wish to apply automatic software Z plane compensation on Repetier, use G32 instead with firmware 0.92.8 and above.

S0 Default value. Z bed heights are calculated at the measured points, relative to current Z position before issuing G29.
S1 Same as S0, except printer immediately moves to Z maximum position (Z max endstop required!), and calculates new Z maximum height. You must first issue G28 Z to home to Z maximum position before issuing G29 Snnn for this to work correctly, or the printer height will be invalid.
S2 Same as S1, except new calculated Z height is also stored to EEPROM.
G29 Mesh Bed Compensation (RepRapFirmware)

RepRapFirmware:

S0 (default if no S parameter) Probe the bed, save the height map in a file on the SD card, and activate the height map. The default folder for the height map file is /sys and the default file name is heightmap.csv.
S1 Load the height map from file and activate bed compensation. The default folder and filename as for S0.
S2 Clear the currently-loaded bed height map

To define the grid, see M557.

In RepRapFirmware 3.2 and later, G29 runs macro file mesh.g if it exists, otherwise it behaves like G29 S0. The mesh.g file can perform other actions (e.g. homing or tool selection) and then use G29 S0 to do the probing.

Notes

In Prusa Firmware G29 is not active by default, instead G81 is used.1

G29.1: Set Z probe head offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M851 No ??? M851 ??? No No No M851
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No
Example
G29.1 X30 Y20 Z0.5

Set the offset of the Z probe head. The offset will be subtracted from all probe moves.

G29.2: Set Z probe head offset calculated from toolhead position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No
Example
G29.2 Z0.0

Set the offset of the Z probe head. The offset will be subtracted from all probe moves. The calculated value is derived from the distance of the toolhead from the current axis zero point.

The user would typically place the toolhead at the zero point of the axis and issue the G29.2 command.

G30: Single Z-Probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No2 ??? Yes Yes No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes Yes G28,G92 No1 No
Usage
G30 Pnnn Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Hnnn Snnn
Parameters
Pnnn Probe point number
Xnnn X coordinate
Ynnn Y coordinate
Znnn Z coordinate
Hnnn Height correction
Snnn Set parameter
Example
G30
Examples (RepRapFirmware)
G30                          ; Probe the bed at the current XY position. When the probe is triggered, set the Z coordinate to the probe trigger height.
G30 S-1                      ; Probe the bed at the current XY position. When the probe is triggered, do not adjust the Z coordinate.
G30 P0 X20 Y50 Z-99999       ; Probe the bed at X20 Y50 and save the XY coordinates and the height error as point 0
G30 P3 X180 Y180 Z-99999 S4  ; Probe the bed at X180 Y180, save the XY coordinates and the height error as point 3 and calculate 4-point compensation or calibration
G30 P3 X180 Y180 Z-99999 S-1 ; As previous example but just report the height errors

In its simplest form probes bed at current XY location.

RepRapFirmware supports additional behaviour: if a Pn field is specified the probed X, Y, and Z values are saved as point n on the bed for calculating the offset plane or for performing delta printer calibration. If X, Y, or Z values are specified (e.g. G30 P1 X20 Y50 Z0.3) then those values are used instead of the machine's current coordinates. A silly Z value (less than -9999.0) causes the machine to probe at the current point to get Z, rather than using the given value. If an S field is specified (e.g. G30 P1 Z0.3 S) the bed plane is computed for compensation and stored. The combination of these options allows for the machine to be moved to points using G1 commands, and then probe the bed, or for the user to position the nozzle interactively and use those coordinates. The user can also record those values and place them in a setup G-code file for automatic execution.

RepRapFirmware uses the value of the S parameter to specify what computation to perform. If the value is -1 then the Z offsets of all the points probed are printed, but no calibration is done. If the value is zero or not present, then this specifies that the number of factors to be calibrated is the same as the number of points probed. Otherwise, the value indicates the number of factors to be calibrated, which must be no greater than the number of points probed. In version 1.09, the number of factors may be 3, 4 or 5 when doing auto bed compensation on a Cartesian or CoreXY printer, and 3, 4, 6 or 7 when doing auto calibration of a Delta printer.

RepRapFirmware supports an optional H parameter, which is a height correction for that probe point. It allows for the Z probe having a trigger height that varies with XY position. The nominal trigger height of the Z probe (e.g. at bed centre) is declared in the Z parameter of the G31 command in the config.g file. When you probe using G30 and the probe triggers, the firmware will assume that the nozzle is at the nominal trigger height plus the value you have in the H parameter.

1MK4duo Firmware support an optional parameter for Delta.

Usage
G30 Xnnn Ynnn S Z P
Parameters
Xnnn X coordinate
Ynnn Y coordinate
Sn Stows the probe if 1 (default=1)
Zn <bool> with a non-zero value will apply the result to current delta_height
Pn <bool> with a non-zero value will apply the result to current zprobe_zoffset
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.2

G31: Set or Report Current Probe status

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? 0.91.7 Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No ???
Usage
G31 Pnnn Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Cnnn Snnn
Parameters
Pnnn Trigger value
Xnnn Probe X offset1
Ynnn Probe Y offset1
Znnn Trigger Z height
Cnnn Temperature coefficient(s) of trigger height2
Snnn Calibration temperature2
Tnnn (RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later) Z probe type to which these parameters apply, defaults to the current Z probe type as defined by M558 P parameter
Examples
G31 P500 Z2.6
G31 X16.0 Y1.5

When used on its own this reports whether the Z probe is triggered, or gives the Z probe value in some units if the probe generates height values. If combined with a Z and P field (example: G31 P312 Z0.7) this will set the Z height to 0.7mm when the Z-probe value reaches 312 when a G28 Z0 (zero Z axis) command is sent. The machine will then move a further -0.7mm in Z to place itself at Z = 0. This allows non-contact measuring probes to approach but not touch the bed, and for the gap left to be allowed for. If the probe is a touch probe and generates a simple 0/1 off/on signal, then G31 Z0.7 will tell the RepRap machine that it is at a height of 0.7mm when the probe is triggered.

In RepRapFirmware, separate G31 parameters may be defined for different probe types (i.e. 0+4 for switches, 1+2 for IR probes and 3 for alternative sensors). To specify which probe you are setting parameters for, send a M558 command to select the probe type before sending the G31 command, or use the T parameter.

In Repetier, G31 supports no parameters and simply prints the high/low status of the Z probe.

Notes

1X and Y offsets of the Z probe relative to the print head (i.e. the position when the empty tool is selected) can be specified in RepRapFirmware. This allows you to calculate your probe coordinates based on the geometry of the bed, without having to correct them for Z probe X and Y offset.

2In RepRapFirmware, additional parameters 'S' (bed temperature in oC at which the specified Z parameter is correct, default is current bed temperature) and 'C' (temperature coefficient of Z parameter in mm/oC, default zero) can be set for the alternative (ultrasonic) sensor. This is useful for probes that are affected by temperature such as PINDA. RepRapFirmware 3.1 and later allow both first and second order temperature coefficients to be specified, e.g. C0.015:0.001.

G31: Dock Z Probe sled

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No1 ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G32: Probe Z and calculate Z plane

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
G29 Yes No G29 ??? 0.92.8+ Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G32           ; Probe and calculate
G32 Snnn      ; Each firmware has its own parameters
G32 Snnn Pnnn ; Refer to their specific documentation

This command is implemented as a more sophisticated form of bed leveling (which uses a transformation matrix or motorized correction. Smoothieware uses this code instead of `G29`.

Each firmware behaves differently. For example, Repetier firmware allows for motorized rotation of the bed whilst ReprapFirmware probes the bed with a transformation matrix.

Probe and calculate in Reprapfirmware

RepRapFirmware executes macro file bed.g in response to the G31 command. The bed.g file is typically used to probe the bed and then perform delta calibration if the printer is a delta, or to perform individual leadscrew adjustment to level the bed if the printer has multiple independently-controlled Z motors, or to advise the user on how much to adjust each bed levelling adjustment screw.

Probe and calculate in Repetier firmware

This command probes the bed at 3 or more pre-defined points and implements bed leveling compensation by either moving the A axis during printing (as with regular bed leveling, G29) or by tilting the bed with motors.

Parameters
Snnn Bed leveling method
Pnnn Bed correction method

The values for Snnn and Pnnn are as follows:

S0 This method measures at the 3 probe points and creates a plane through these points. If you have a really planar bed this gives the optimum result. The 3 points must not be in one line and have a long distance to increase numerical stability.
S1 This measures a grid. Probe point 1 is the origin and points 2 and 3 span a grid. We measure BED_LEVELING_GRID_SIZE points in each direction and compute a regression plane through all points. This gives a good overall plane if you have small bumps measuring inaccuracies.
S2 Bending correcting 4 point measurement. This is for cantilevered beds that have the rotation axis not at the side but inside the bed. Here we can assume no bending on the axis and a symmetric bending to both sides of the axis. So probe points 2 and 3 build the symmetric axis and point 1 is mirrored to 1m across the axis. Using the symmetry we then remove the bending from 1 and use that as plane.
P0 Use a rotation matrix. This will make z axis go up/down while moving in x/y direction to compensate the tilt. For multiple extruders make sure the height match the tilt of the bed or one will scratch. This is the default.
P1 Motorized correction. This method needs a bed that is fixed on 3 points from which 2 have a motor to change the height. The positions are defined in firmware by BED_MOTOR_1_X, BED_MOTOR_1_Y, BED_MOTOR_2_X, BED_MOTOR_2_Y, BED_MOTOR_3_X, BED_MOTOR_3_Y Motor 2 and 3 are the one driven by motor driver 0 and 1. These can be extra motors like Felix Pro 1 uses them or a system with 3 z axis where motors can be controlled individually like the Sparkcube does. This method requires a Z max endstop.

G32: Undock Z Probe sled

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No1 ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G33: Firmware dependent

G33: Measure/List/Adjust Distortion Matrix (Repetier - Redeem)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? 0.92.8+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No
Usage
G33
G33 Lnnn
G33 Rnnn
G33 Xnnn Ynnn Znnn
Parameters
L0 List distortion matrix in a report
R0 Reset distortion matrix
X[pos] Y[pos] Z[zCorrection] Set correction for nearest point
Examples
G33
G33 R0

When used with no parameters, G33 will measure a grid of points and store the distortion dips and valleys in the bed surface, and then enable software distortion correction for the first few or several layers. The values will be stored in EEPROM if enabled in firmware. You must previously have G28 homed, and your Z minimum/maximum height must be set correctly for this to work. Use the optional parameters to list, reset or modify the distortion settings. Distortion correction behavior can be later turned on or off by code M323.

G33: Delta Auto Calibration (Marlin 1.1.x - MK4duo)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use G32 ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

End-stops and tower angle corrections are normalized (P0);

Performs a 1-4-7 point calibration of delta height (P1), end-stops, delta radius (P2) and tower angle corrections (P>=3) by a least squares iteration process based on the displacement method.

Usage
G33
G33 Pn T Cx.xx Fn Vn E O Rx.xx
Parameters
Pn Number of probe points: n*n (n= 0-10), when P is omitted the default set in Configuration.h is used.
T Do not calibrate tower angle corrections (if used with P>=3); do not use the probe points near the towers, but the probe points opposite to the towers (if used with P=2)
Cx.xx Force the iterations to stop when a standard deviation from the zero plane less then x.xx mm is achieved; when C is omitted the iterations go on until the best possible standard deviation is reached.
Fn Force to run at least n iterations (n=1-30) and take the best result
Vn Verbose level: (n=0-3) 0 = dry run without calibration; 1(default) = settings at start and end; 2 = settings at all iterations; 3 = settings and probe results
E Engage the probe for each point
O Do not probe at the required kinematic points but at positions offseted to the probe-offsets 1
R Temporary reduce the size of the probe grid by the specified amount (mm) 1
Notes

1 since 2.0.9.2

Examples
G33 : calibrates with the default settings.
G33 Auto Calibrate
Checking... AC
.Height:297.77    Ex:+0.00  Ey:+0.00  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.00
.Tower angle :    Tx:+0.00  Ty:+0.00  Tz:+0.00
Iteration : 01                                    std dev:0.306
Iteration : 02                                    std dev:0.049
Iteration : 03                                    std dev:0.033
Iteration : 04                                    std dev:0.031
Calibration OK                                    rolling back.
.Height:297.69    Ex:-0.10  Ey:-0.12  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.91
.Tower angle :    Tx:-0.03  Ty:+0.25  Tz:+0.00
Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h
G33 P6 V0 : probes 36 points in dry run mode.
G33 Auto Calibrate
Checking... AC (DRY-RUN)
.Height:297.77    Ex:+0.00  Ey:+0.00  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.00
.Tower angle :    Tx:+0.00  Ty:+0.00  Tz:+0.00
.      c:+0.03     x:+0.32   y:+0.34   z:+0.41
.                 yz:+0.37  zx:+0.32  xy:+0.17
End DRY-RUN                                       std dev:0.306
G33 P4 C0.05 T : probes 16 points and
                 stops when a standard deviation of 0.05mm is reached;
                 calibrates delta height, endstops and delta radius,
                 leaves the tower angle corrections unaltered.
G33 Auto Calibrate
Checking... AC
.Height:297.78    Ex:+0.00  Ey:+0.00  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.00
Iteration : 01                                    std dev:0.317
Iteration : 02                                    std dev:0.059
Calibration OK                                    std dev:0.042
.Height:297.66    Ex:-0.17  Ey:-0.13  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.91
Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h
G33 P2 : probes center and tower positions and
         calibrates delta height, endstops and delta radius.
G33 Auto Calibrate
Checking... AC
.Height:297.78    Ex:+0.00  Ey:+0.00  Ez:+0.00    Radius:100.00
Iteration : 01                                    std dev:0.374
Iteration : 02                                    std dev:0.054
Iteration : 03                                    std dev:0.007
Calibration OK                                    rolling back.
.Height:297.68    Ex:-0.14  Ey:-0.14  Ez:+0.00    Radius:101.23
Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h
G33 P1 : probes the center and calibrates the delta height only.
G33 Auto Calibrate
Checking... AC
.Height:261.40                                Offset:+0.30
Calibration OK                                std dev:0.000
.Height:261.58                                Offset:+0.10
Save with M500 and/or copy to Configuration.h

note: Height = delta height; Ex, Ey, Ez = end-stop corrections; Radius = delta radius; Tx, Ty, Tz = tower angular corrections; c, x, y, z, yz, zx, xy = probe results at center, towers and opposite to towers; std dev = standard deviation of the probe results towards the zero plane.

G34: Z Stepper Auto-Align

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.4+ Use M671 and G32 No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Use multiple Z steppers and a probe to align Z axis connection points. See M422 for other options.

Example
G34 I3 T0.8 A1.5 ; 3 iterations, Target Accuracy 0.8, Amplification 1.5

G34: Calculate Delta Height from toolhead position (DELTA)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
G34

The values specified are added to the calculated end stop position when the axes are referenced. The calculated value is derived from the distance of the toolhead from the current axis zero point. The user would typically place the toolhead at the zero point of the axis and issue the G34 command. This value can be saved to EEPROM using the M500 command.

G38.x Straight Probe (CNC specific)

G38.2 probe toward workpiece, stop on contact, signal error if failure
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ 3.0+ ??? No ??? ??? Yes No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No No No

Monitors probe input while moving linearly towards the specified coordinates, stopping upon detecting contact or reaching specified coordinates.

Usage
G38.2 Xnnn Ynnn Znnn Fnnn
Parameters
Xnnn target X coordinate
Ynnn target Y coordinate
Znnn target Z coordinate
Fnnn Feedrate in mm/min
Example
G38.2 Z0
G38.2 X50
G38.2 Z10 Y10
G38.3 probe toward workpiece, stop on contact
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ 3.0+ ??? No ??? ??? Yes No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No No No
G38.4 probe away from workpiece, stop on loss of contact, signal error if failure
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ 3.0+ ??? No ??? ??? ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No No No
G38.5 probe away from workpiece, stop on loss of contact
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ 3.0+ ??? No ??? ??? ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No No No

G40: Compensation Off (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No Yes No

G40 turns off cutter compensation. If tool compensation was on the next move must be a linear move and longer than the tool diameter. It is OK to turn compensation off when it is already off. http://www.linuxcnc.org/docs/2.5/html/gcode/tool_compensation.html

G42: Move to Grid Point

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.2+ No No No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

G42 does a fast move in XY to any of the intersection points in the bed calibration grid. This is useful during calibration to align the nozzle or probe.

Parameters
Inn Grid X index (zero-based). If omitted, the nearest latitude.
Jnn Grid Y index (zero-based). If omitted, the nearest longitude.
P Probe flag. Moves the probe to the grid point (instead of the nozzle).
Fnnn Feedrate (mm/min)
Example
G42 I3 J4 P F3000 ; Move the probe to grid coordinate 3, 4

G53..59: Coordinate System Select (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ 1.21+ No No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No Yes No No Yes No

See linuxcnc.org for more help

Not all builds of RepRapFirmware support these commands. For those that do (e.g. Duet WiFi/Ethernet and Duet 3), from firmware version 2.02 the workplace coordinate offsets are included in the data saved to config-override.g by the M500 command.

G60: Save current position to slot, Restore and Delete

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.21+ No No ??? No No Yes1 Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G60 Snn
Parameters
Snn <nn> specifies memory slot # (0-based) to save into (default 0)

Implementation in RepRapFirmware:

  • Slots 0, 1 and 2 are available from RepRapFirmware 1.21, also slots 4 and 5 in RRF 2.02. When a print is paused the coordinates are saved to slot 1 automatically, and at the start of a tool change the coordinates are saved to slot 2 automatically. Use G0 or G1 with the R0, R1 or R2 parameter to move the current tool to a saved position.


Note1 Druid Firmware (64 slots, zero based)
G60 Snnn - To SAVE a POSITION to a slot specified by nnn (0...63) 3
G60 Qnnn Fnnn X Y Z E - To RESTORE a POSITION 3
Parameters
Qnnn - From slot # 0-63 (required)
Fnnn - Feedrate (optional) (in Unit/Min)
X - Flag to restore X axis2
Y - Flag to restore Y axis2
Z - Flag to restore Z axis2
E - Flag to restore E axis2
G60 Dnnn - Delete content of slot number nnn (0...63) 3
G60 D - if D is provided without a slot number, all 64 slots will be deleted. 3
Note2
If no AXIS are specified (X,Y,Z,E) all axes are restored.
Note3
Parameters S,Q and D can not be used in the same command line.
If more than one is present, the whole command line will be ignored.
Examples
G60 S0                 ; Save current position to slot #0
G60 S63                ; Save current position to slot #63
G60 Q55                ; Restore Axis positions(XYZE) from slot #55 
G60 Q10 F20000 X Y     ; Restore Axis positions(XY) from slot #10, with a feedrate of 20000 unit/min. 
G60 Q0 X               ; Restore Axis position(X) from slot #0
G60 D0                 ; Remove the position from slot #0
G60 D                  ; Erase all saved positions from all slots
G60                    ; List all saved positions

G68: Coordinate rotation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? 3.4 and later ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Usage
G68 Xnnn Ynnn Rnnnn [I]
G68 Annn Bnnn Rnnnn [I]
Parameters
Xnnn, Ynnn... Centre coordinates to rotate about
Annn first centre coordinate in the selected plane (e.g. equivalent to Xnnn if the selected plane is XY)
Bnnn second centre coordinate in the selected plane (e.g. equivalent to Ynnn if the selected plane is XY)
Rnnn angle to rotate in degrees. Positive angles rotate anticlockwise when viewing the selected plane from above.
I if this parameter is present, the R parameter is added to the existing rotation instead of being absolute

Rotates the coordinate system in the current plane as selected by G17, G18 or G19. You may either specify the coordinates of the two axes of the selected plan (e.g. X and Y if using the default XY plane or after G17) or you may specify A and B coordinates.

RepRapFirmware implements G68 for the XY plane only.

G69: Cancel coordinate rotation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? 3.4 and later ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Usage
G69

This cancels any coordinate rotation that was set up by G68.

G75: Print temperature interpolation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Show/print PINDA temperature interpolating.

Usage
G75

G76: PINDA probe temperature calibration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes1 Use G31 No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This G-code is used to calibrate the temperature drift of the PINDA (inductive Sensor).

The PINDAv2 sensor has a built-in thermistor which has the advantage that the calibration can be done once for all materials.

The Original i3 Prusa MK2/s uses PINDAv1 and this calibration improves the temperature drift, but not as good as the PINDAv2.


Usage
G76
G76 B1
G76 P1
Parameters
B Calibrate bed only 1
P Calibrate probe only 1
Example
G76

echo PINDA probe calibration start
echo start temperature: 35.0°
echo ...
echo PINDA temperature -- Z shift (mm): 0.---
Notes1

Marlin requires PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION.

This process can take a very long time. The timeout is currently set to 15min to allow the parts to fully heat up and cool down.

Use M500 to save the result to EEPROM.

At this moment it is only supported in Marlin bugfix-2.0.x branch.

G80: Cancel Canned Cycle (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? ??? ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? No ??? No ???

It cancel canned cycle modal motion. G80 is part of modal group 1, so programming any other G code from modal group 1 will also cancel the canned cycle.

G80: Mesh-based Z probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
G29 No No Yes ??? No No No G29
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Default 3x3 grid can be changed on MK2.5/s and MK3/s to 7x7 grid.

Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
N Number of mesh points on x axis. Default is 3. Valid values are 3 and 7.
R Probe retries. Default 3 max. 10
V Verbosity level 1=low, 10=mid, 20=high.It can be only used if firmware has been compiled with SUPPORT_VERBOSITY active.

Using the following parameters enables additional "manual" bed leveling correction. Valid values are -100 microns to 100 microns.

L Left Bed Level correct value in um.
R Right Bed Level correct value in um.
F Front Bed Level correct value in um.
B Back Bed Level correct value in um.

G81: Mesh bed leveling status

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M420 No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Prints mesh bed leveling status and bed profile if activated.

Usage
G81
Notes

Equivalent to M420 V in Marlin Firmware (and possibly G29 T depending on leveling system).

G82: Single Z probe at current location

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
G30 G30 No Yes1 ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

WARNING! USE WITH CAUTION! If you'll try to probe where is no leveling pad, nasty things can happen!

Usage
G82
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G83: Babystep in Z and store to EEPROM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes1 ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G83
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G84: UNDO Babystep Z (move Z axis back)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes 1 ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G84
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G85: Pick best babystep

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes1 ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G85
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

G86: Disable babystep correction after home

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This G-code will be performed at the start of a calibration script.

Usage
G86

G87: Enable babystep correction after home

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This G-code will be performed at the end of a calibration script.

Usage
G87

G88: Reserved

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes1 ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
G88
Notes

This G-code currently does not do anything.

G90: Set to Absolute Positioning

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Example
G90

All coordinates from now on are absolute relative to the origin of the machine. (This is the RepRap default.)

G91: Set to Relative Positioning

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Example
G91

All coordinates from now on are relative to the last position. Note: RepRapFirmware latest revision firmware uses M83 to set the extruder to relative mode: extrusion is NOT set to relative by ReprapFirmware on G91: only X,Y and Z are set to relative. By contrast, Marlin (for example) DOES also set extrusion to relative on a G91 command, as well as setting X, Y and Z.

G92: Set Position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Xnnn new X axis position
Ynnn new Y axis position
Znnn new Z axis position
Ennn new extruder position
Example
G92 X10 E90

Allows programming of absolute zero point, by reseting the current position to the values specified. This would set the machine's X coordinate to 10, and the extrude coordinate to 90. No physical motion will occur.

A G92 without coordinates will reset all axes to zero on some firmware. This does not apply to RepRapFirmware.

G92.x: Reset Coordinate System Offsets (CNC specific)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.6+ No No No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No No No No
Usage
G92.1 - Reset axis offsets (and parameters 5211-5219) to zero. (X Y Z A B C U V W)
G92.2 - Reset axis offsets to zero

G93: Feed Rate Mode (Inverse Time Mode) (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No No Yes No

G93 is Inverse Time Mode. In inverse time feed rate mode, an F word means the move should be completed in (one divided by the F number) minutes. For example, F2.0 means the move should be completed in a half a minute.

When the inverse time feed rate mode is active, an F word must appear on every line which has a G1, G2, or G3 motion, and an F word on a line that does not have G1, G2, or G3 is ignored. Being in inverse time feed rate mode does not affect G0 (rapid move) motions.

G94: Feed Rate Mode (Units per Minute) (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? 3.5+ ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? No ??? Yes ???

G94 is Units per Minute Mode. In units per minute feed mode, an F word is interpreted to mean the controlled point should move at a certain number of inches per minute, millimeters per minute, or degrees per minute, depending upon what length units are being used and which axis or axes are moving.

G98: Activate farm mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Enable Prusa-specific Farm functions and g-code.

Usage

G98

Notes

Set of internal Prusa commands

PRUSA [ Ping | PRN | FAN | fn | thx | uvlo | fsensor_recover | MMURES | RESET | fv | M28 | SN | Fir | Rev | Lang | Lz | Beat | FR ]


Parameters
Ping
PRN Prints revision of the printer.
FAN Prints fan details.
fn Prints farm number.
thx
uvlo Resets UVLO aka Power Panic and continues SD print.
fsensor_recover Filament sensor recover - restore print and continue.
MMURES Reset MMU.
Reset Resets Printer.
fv  ??? get file version. ???
M28 M28 write to SD.
SN Get serial number from 32U2 processor. Typical format of S/N is:CZPX0917X003XC13518
Fir Prints firmware version.
Rev Prints filament size, elelectronics, nozzle type.
Lang Reset the language.
Lz  ??? maybe resets Live Z values to 0 ???
Beat Kick farm link timer.
FR Full factory reset.
nozzle set 'diameter' Set nozzle diameter.
nozzle D'diameter' Check nozzle diameter.
nozzle Print nozzle diameter

G99: Deactivate farm mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage

G99

G100: Calibrate floor or rod radius

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? 0.92+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
X Flag to set floor for X axis
Y Flag to set floor for Y axis
Z Flag to set floor for Z axis
Rnnn Radius to add
Examples
G100 X Y Z ; set floor for argument passed in. Number ignored and may be absent.
G100 R5    ; Add 5 to radius. Adjust to be above floor if necessary
G100 R0    ; Set radius based on current z measurement. Moves all axes to zero

G130: Set digital potentiometer value

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No Yes
Example
G130 X10 Y18 Z15 A20 B12

Set the digital potentiometer value for the given axes. This is used to configure the current applied to each stepper axis. The value is specified as a value from 0-127; the mapping from current to potentimeter value is machine specific.

G131: Remove offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? 0.91+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

G132: Calibrate endstop offsets

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? 0.91+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

G133: Measure steps to top

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? 0.91+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

G161: Home axes to minimum

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No Yes No Yes
Parameters
X Flag to home the X axis to its minimum position
Y Flag to home the Y axis to its minimum position
Z Flag to home the Z axis to its minimum position
Fnnn Desired feedrate for this command
Example
G161 X Y Z F1800

Instruct the machine to home the specified axes to their minimum position. Similar to G28, which decides on its own in which direction to search endstops.

G162: Home axes to maximum

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No Yes No Yes
Parameters
X Flag to home the X axis to its maximum position
Y Flag to home the Y axis to its maximum position
Z Flag to home the Z axis to its maximum position
Fnnn Desired feedrate for this command
Example
G162 X Y Z F1800

Instruct the machine to home the specified axes to their maximum position.

G425: Perform auto-calibration with calibration cube

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This performs an automatic calibration of backlash, positional errors and nozzle offset by touching the nozzle on the sides of a bed mounted, electrically conductive cube, washer or bolt.

Parameters
B Perform calibration of backlash only.
Tnnn Perform calibration of toolhead only.
V Probe cube and print position, error, backlash and hotend offset.
Unnn Uncertainty, how far to start probe away from the cube (mm)
Examples (Marlin)
G425                ; Perform full calibration sequence
T1                  ; Switch to second nozzle
G425 V              ; Validate by showing report for T1
T0                  ; Switch to second nozzle
G425 V              ; Validate by showing report for T0

M-commands

M0: Stop or Unconditional stop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes No Yes3 ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No Yes Yes No Yes Yes No
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Pnnn Time to wait, in milliseconds1
Snnn Time to wait, in seconds2
Example
M0

The RepRap machine finishes any moves left in its buffer, then shuts down. All motors and heaters are turned off. It can be started again by pressing the reset button on the master microcontroller, although this step is not mandatory on RepRapFirmware. See also M1, M112.

The Marlin Firmware does wait for user to press a button on the LCD, or a specific time. "M0 P2000" waits 2000 milliseconds, "M0 S2" waits 2 seconds.

RepRapFirmware executes cancel.g if this file is present, if the print is paused and if the axes are homed. Otherwise stop.g is run and the drives are put into idle mode. Also the heaters are turned off if no 'H1' parameter is specified.

Notes

1Not available in RepRapFirmware, but as a work-around G4 can be run before M0.

2Only available on Marlin and Prusa Firmware.

3"Wait for user ..." is shown on LCD in Prusa Firmware.

M1: Sleep or Conditional stop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes1 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No No Yes No
Example
M1
M1 Hello world 1 

The RepRap machine finishes any moves left in its buffer, then shuts down. All motors and heaters are turned off. It can still be sent G and M codes, the first of which will wake it up again. See also M0, M112.

The Marlin does the same as M0.

In Prusa 8-bit Firmware 1 the M1 needs at least a space behind the command to be executed correctly. It can be used the same as M0 P<ms> or M0 S<seconds> but will ignore the following "message".

Prusa Firmware 8-bit example
M1 S5 will wait for 5 seconds and show in the LCD status line "Waiting for user..." the same as M0 S5
M1 Hello world will show in the LCD status line "Hello world" and wait until the user press the LCD knob.


If Marlin is emulated in RepRapFirmware, this does the same as M25 if the code was read from a serial or Telnet connection, else the macro file sleep.g is run before all heaters and drives are turned off.

M2: Program End

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes Yes Yes
Example
M2

Teacup firmware does the same as M84.

M3: Spindle On, Clockwise (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes No No ??? Yes Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes Yes No
Parameters
Snnn Spindle RPM
Example
M3 S4000

The spindle is turned on with a speed of 4000 RPM.

Teacup firmware turn extruder on (same as M101).

RepRapFirmware interprets this code only if in CNC mode (M453), in laser mode (M452) or if a Roland mill has been configured. You must always provide an S parameter with this command to specify the required spindle speed pr laser power. In RepRapFirmware 2.05RC2 and later, and RepRapFirmware 3.0beta13 and later, in laser mode (M452) the laser will only fire during G1/G2/G2 moves.

In Repetier-Firmware in laser mode you need S0..S255 to set laser intensity. Normally you use S255 to turn it on full power for moves. Laser will only fire during G1/G2/G3 moves and in laser mode (M452).

M4: Spindle On, Counter-Clockwise (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No No Yes No
Example
M4 S4000

The spindle is turned on with a speed of 4000 RPM.

M5: Spindle Off (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? Yes Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes Yes ???
Example
M5

The spindle is turned off.

Teacup firmware turn extruder off (same as M103).

M6: Tool change

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No ??? No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Yes Yes ???
Example
M6

M7: Mist Coolant On (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes: Use M106 Yes ???
Example
M7

Mist coolant is turned on (if available)

Teacup firmware turn on the fan, and set fan speed (same as M106).

M8: Flood Coolant On (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes: Use M106 Yes ???
Example
M8

Flood coolant is turned on (if available)

M9: Coolant Off (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No Yes: Use M106 Yes ???
Example
M9

All coolant systems are turned off.

M10: Vacuum On (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Yes: Use M106 Yes ???
Example
M10

Dust collection vacuum system turned on.

M11: Vacuum Off (CNC specific)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Yes: Use M106 Yes ???
Example
M11

Dust collection vacuum system turned off.

M13: Spindle on (clockwise rotation) and coolant on (flood)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No ??? ??? No ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???

This one M-code does the work of both M03 and M08. It is not unusual for specific machine models to have such combined commands, which make for shorter, more quickly written programs.

Example
M13

M16: Expected Printer Check

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
(2.0+) No ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Do a case-sensitive comparison between the string argument and the configured MACHINE_NAME. If the machine name doesn't match, halt the printer so that a reset is required. This safety feature is meant to prevent G-code sliced for a specific machine from being used on any other machine. In Marlin this feature is enabled with EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK.

Example
M16 Cookie Monster

M17: Enable/Power all stepper motors

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 3.3 and later ??? Yes ??? No Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes (automatic) No ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.1
X X axis
Y Y axis
Z Z axis
E All extruders
Example
M17
M17 X E0

Powers on stepper motors.

Notes

1Ability to specify axes was added to Marlin 2.0 and may not be available on other firmware implementations.

M18: Disable all stepper motors

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M84 Yes Yes M843 ??? No Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes Yes: Use M2 No Yes
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.13
X X axis
Y Y axis
Z Z axis
E Extruder drive(s)2
S Seconds3
Examples
M18
M18 X E0

Disables stepper motors and allows axes to move 'freely.'

On Marlin, M18 is a synonym of M84, so it can also be used to configure or disable the idle timeout.

Examples
M18 S10  ; Idle steppers after 10 seconds of inactivity
M18 S0   ; Disable idle timeout
Notes

1Some firmware implementations do not support parameters to be passed, but at least Marlin and RepRapFirmware do.

2RepRapFirmware allows stepper motors to be disabled selectively. For example, M18 X E0:2 will disable the X, extruder 0 and extruder 2 motors.

3In Prusa Firmware this command can be used to set the stepper inactivity timeout (`S`) or to disable steppers (`X`,`Y`,`Z`,`E`)

M20: List SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes4 Yes1,2 Yes3 Yes4 ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes No ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Snnn Output style1
Rnnn File number to start at1
P"ddd" Directory to list2
L Reports long filenames instead of just short filenames. Requires host software parsing (Cap:EXTENDED_M20).4
T Report timestamps as well. The value is one uint32_t encoded as hex. Requires host software parsing (Cap:EXTENDED_M20).4
Examples
M20
M20 S2 P"/gcodes/subdir"
M20 L 4
M20 T 4

This code lists all files in the root folder or G-code directory of the SD card to the serial port. One name per line, like:

SQUARE.G
SQCOM.G
ZCARRI~2.GCO
CARRIA~1.GCO

Please note that a file list response is usually encapsulated. Standard configurations of RepRapFirmware mimic this style in emulation mode:

Begin file list:
SQUARE.G
ZCARRI~2.GCO
End file list
ok

The file size may be appended as an integer representing the size in bytes:

Begin file list:
SQUARE.G 1234
ZCARRI~2.GCO 234
End file list 
ok

At least OctoPrint also supports an additional format showing the file's long name (see also M33) after the size:

Begin file list:
SQUARE.G 1234 SQUARE.G
ZCARRI~2.GCO 234 ZCARRIAGE_V2.GCO
End file list 
ok

If RepRapFirmware emulates no firmware compatibility, a typical response looks like:

G-code files:
"Traffic cone.g","frog.gcode","calibration piece.g"

Note that some firmwares list file names in upper case, but - when sent to the M23 command (below) they must be in lower case. Teacup and RepRapFirmware have no such trouble and accept both. RepRapFirmware always returns long filenames in the case in which they are stored.

Notes

1If the S2 parameter is used on RepRapFirmware, then the file list (or as much as can be fitted in the output buffer) is returned in JSON format as a single array called "files" with each name that corresponds to a subdirectory preceded by an asterisk, and the directory is returned in variable "dir". The optional R parameter is the file number to start at, default 0. The JSON response also returns value "next" which is the number of the first file that wasn't returned, or 0 if all files were returned. The caller can enumerate all files even if there are very many by making successive M20 S2 calls with each call using R from the "next" value in the previous response, util "next" is zero.

Example
M20 S2 P/gcodes
{"dir":"\/gcodes","first":0,"files":["4-piece-1-2-3-4.gcode","Hinged_Box.gcode","Hollow_Dodecahedron_190.gcode","*Calibration pieces"],"next":0}
Example for M20 L4
Begin file list
TEST1.GCO 1234 "TEST1.GCO"
DIR_ENTER: /TESTFO~1/ "test folder"
DIR_EXIT
LFNFIL~1.GCO 56789 "LFN file.gcode"
End file list
Example for M20 L T4
Begin file list
TEST1.GCO 1234 0x52936b00 "TEST1.GCO"
DIR_ENTER: /TESTFO~1/ "test folder"
DIR_EXIT
LFNFIL~1.GCO 56789 0x52936b08 "LFN file.gcode"
End file list


Example for M20 T4
Begin file list
TEST1.GCO 1234 0x52936b00
DIR_ENTER: /TESTFO~1/ "test folder"
DIR_EXIT
LFNFIL~1.GCO 56789 0x52936b08
End file list

2This parameter is only supported by RepRapFirmware and defaults to the 0:/gcodes directory, which is the directory that printable gcode files are normally stored in.

3On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

4The timestamp is a combination of both the date and time into a single integer and printed as a hex.

M21: Initialize SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes2 Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes No ???
Parameters
Pnnn SD card number (RepRapFirmware only, default 0)
Examples
M21
M21 P1

The specified SD card is initialized. If an SD card is loaded when the machine is switched on, this will happen by default. SD card must be initialized for the other SD functions to work.

Marlin 2.0.9.4 added S and U parameters to mount the SD Card or USB drive, respectively. Hosts can look for "Cap:MULTI_VOLUME:1".

Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

2On Druid:

 M21 is named "Mount Media"
 M21 P0 or S = Mount external SD CARD 
 M21 P1 or M = Mount onboard Micro Sd-Card
 M21 P2 or U = Mount USB Flash Drive
 M21         = Mount current volume

M22: Release SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes No ???
Parameters
Pnnn SD card number (RepRapFirmware only, default 0)
Examples
M22
M22 P1

The specified SD card is released, so further (accidental) attempts to read from it are guaranteed to fail. Helpful, but not mandatory before removing the card physically.

M23: Select SD file

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes No ???
Example
M23 filename.gco

The file specified as filename.gco (8.3 naming convention is supported) is selected ready for printing. RepRapFirmware supports long filenames as well as 8.3 format.

Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

M24: Start/resume SD print

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No Yes Yes No No
Example
M24

The machine prints from the file selected with the M23 command. If the print was previously paused with M25, printing is resumed from that point. To restart a file from the beginning, use M23 to reset it, then M24.

When this command is used to resume a print that was paused, RepRapFirmware runs macro file resume.g prior to resuming the print.

Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

M25: Pause SD print

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No Yes Yes No No
Example
M25

The machine pauses printing at the current position within the file. To resume printing, use M24. Do not use this code within a GCode file to pause the print at that point, use M226 instead.

Prior to pausing, RepRapFirmware runs macro file pause.g. This allows the head to be moved away from the print, filament to be retracted, etc.

RepRapFirmware 1.20 and later also save the current state of the print to file /sys/resurrect.g. This is so that if the printer is turned off after pausing, the print can subsequently be resumed.

Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

M26: Set SD position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes aborts ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn File position from start of file in bytes
Pnnn (Optional, RepRapFirmware only) Proportion of the first move to be skipped, default 0.0, must be less than 1.0
Example
M26 S49315

Set the file offset in bytes from the start of the SD card file selected by M23. The offset must correspond to the start of a G-code command.

Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

M27: Report SD print status

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes1 Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???
Parameters
C Report the open file's name and long name (Marlin 1.1.9 and up)
Sn Set the auto-report interval (Marlin 1.1.9 and up)
Example
M27

Report SD print status.

Marlin and RepRapFirmware report the number of bytes processed in this format, which can be processed by Pronterface:

SD printing byte 2134/235422

If no file is being printed, only this message is reported:

Not SD printing.

In Marlin 1.1.9 and up M27 C reports the open file's DOS 8.3 name and long filename, if any.

Example
M27 C
Current file: filena~1.gco Filenagotcha.gcode

In Marlin 1.1.9 and up M27 Sn sets the auto-report interval. This requires the AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS configuration option to be enabled. Marlin reports this capability in M115 as Cap: AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS 1 when this option is available.

Example
M27 S2 ; Report the SD card status every 2 seconds
Notes

1On Klipper, a virtual SD card is required for this to work.

M28: Begin write to SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???
Example
M28 filename.gco

File specified by filename.gco is created (or overwritten if it exists) on the SD card and all subsequent commands sent to the machine are written to that file.

M29: Stop writing to SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???
Example
M29 filename.gco

File opened by M28 command is closed, and all subsequent commands sent to the machine are executed as normal.

M30: Delete a file on the SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes Yes No No No No No No ???
Example
> M30 filename.gco
> filename.gco is deleted.
M30: Program Stop
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
Yes No No No No No No Yes ???

- For Yaskawa and in grbl - Same as M2 in Yaskawa G-code

Example

M30 ; Exchange pallet shuttles and end the program. Pressing cycle start will start the program at the beginning of the file.

M31: Output time since last M109 or SD card start to serial

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M31

The response looks like:

 echo:54 min, 38 sec

M32: Select file and start SD print

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M32 filename.gco

It can be used when printing from SD card and does the same as M23 and M24.

tba available in marlin(14/6/2014)

M33: Get the long name for an SD card file or folder

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Not required ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Get the long name for a file or folder on the SD card from a dos path. Introduced in Marlin firmware 1.1.0 September 2015.

Example input:

M33 miscel~1/armchair/armcha~1.gco

Example output:

/Miscellaneous/Armchair/Armchair.gcode

M33: Stop and Close File and save restart.gcode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No: Use M25 ??? No ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? No ???

Stop the printing from SD and save all position in restart.gcode for restart printing in future

M34: Set SD file sorting options

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
S1 Enable sorting
S0 Disable sorting
F-1 Folders first, followed by the files (both group, alphabetically)
F0 Folders and files together, listed alphabetically
F1 Files first, followed by folders (both group, alphabetically)

Enable and disable SD card file-sorting, and/or set the folder sorting order. Proposed by Marlin firmware, May 2015.

M35: Upload firmware NEXTION from SD

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No ??? ??? No ??? ??? ??? No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

M36: Return file information

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Example
M36 filename.gco
M36

Returns information in JSON format for the specified SD card file (if a filename was provided) or for the file currently being printed. A sample response is:

{"err":0,"size":436831,"fileName":"EscherLizardModified.gcode","lastModified":"2017-09-21T16:58:07","height":5.20,"layerHeight":0.20,"printTime":660,"simulatedTime":1586,"filament":[1280.7],"generatedBy":"Simplify3D(R) Version 4.0.0"}

The "err" field is zero if successful, nonzero if the file was not found or an error occurred while processing it. The "size" field should always be present if the operation was successful. The presence or absence of other fields depends on whether the corresponding values could be found by reading the file. The "filament" field is an array of the filament lengths required from each spool. The size is in bytes, the times are in seconds, all other values are in mm. "printTime" is the printing time estimated by the slicer, "simulationTime" is the time measured when the print was simulated by the firmware. The fields may appear in any order, and additional fields may be present. Versions of RepRapFirmware prior to 3.4 do not provide the "fileName" field if information for a specific file was requested.

RepRapFirmware 3.4 and later also return information about thumbnail imaged embedded in the GCode file via an additional JSON field "thumbnails". A sample value for this field is:

"thumbnails":[{"width":32,"height":32,"fmt":"qoi","offset":103,"size":2140},{"width":220,"height":220,"fmt":"qoi","offset":2384,"size":25464}]

The "fmt" field denotes the encoding of the thumbnail and is either "png" or "qoi". The "thumbnails" field is omitted entirely if there are no thumbnails embedded in the GCode file.

M36.1: Return embedded thumbnail data

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4 and later ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Parameters
P"filename" Name of the GCode file from which thumbnail data is to be retrieved
Snnnn Byte offset into the file at which thumbnail data is to be fetched

This command is used to return the data for an thumbnail image in a GCode file. The offset value should be either the offset of the start of data for a thumbnail as returned by the M36 command, or the value returned in the "next" field by a previous M36.1 command. The response is in JSON format. Here is a sample response:

{fileName":"EscherLizardModified.gcode","offset":103,"data":"cW9pZgAAACA....AAAAB","next":0,err": 0}

The "fileName" and "offset" values are as given in the command. "data" is part or all of the base64-encoded thumbnail data starting at that offset. "next" is zero if there is no more data for that thumbnail, otherwise not all the thumbnail data was returned and "next" is the byte offset in the file of the rest of the thumbnail data. "err" is 0 if the command was successful, otherwise "err" is nonzero and the other fields may or may not be present.

M37: Simulation mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
S1 Enter simulation mode
S0 Leave simulation mode
P"filename" (optional) Simulate printing a file from SD card
Examples
M37 S1
M37 P"MyModel.g"

Used to switch between printing mode and simulation mode. Simulation mode allows the electronics to compute an accurate printing time, taking into account the maximum speeds, accelerations etc. that are configured.

M37 S1 enters simulation mode. All G and M codes will not be acted on, but the time they would take to execute will be calculated.

M37 S0 leaves simulation mode and prints the total time taken by simulated moves since entering simulation mode.

M37 with no S parameter prints the time taken by the simulation, from the time it was first entered using M37 S1, up to the current point (if simulation mode is still active) or the point that the simulation was ended (if simulation mode is no longer active).

M37 P"filename" enters simulation mode, prints the specified file, exits simulation mode, reports the print time, and appends it to the G-code file as a comment for later retrieval.

M38 Compute SHA1 hash of target file

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Used to compute a hash of a file on the SD card. Examples:

> M38 gcodes/myfile.g
> Cannot find file
> M38 www/reprap.htm
> 91199139dbfadac15a18cfb962dfd4853db83999

Returns a hexadecimal string which is the SHA1 of the file. If the file cannot be found, then the string "Cannot find file" is returned instead.

M39 Report SD card information

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes: 1.20.1 and later ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Pn SD slot number, default 0
Sn Response format. S0 returns a plain text response, S2 returns a response in JSON format.
Examples
M39  ; report information for SD card 0 in plain text format
M39 P1 S2 ; report information for SD card 1 in JSON format

This command returns information about the SD card in the specified slot in the requested format. At least the following is returned:

  • Whether or not a usable card is present in the slot
  • The capacity of the card in bytes (if a card is present)
  • The amount of free space on the card in bytes (if a card is present)

The JSON response has the following format (more fields may be added in future):

{"SDinfo":{"slot":0,"present":1,"capacity":4294967296,"free":2147485184,"speed":20971520,"clsize":32768}}

The capacity, free space and cluster size are in bytes, and the interface speed is in bytes/second.

M40: Eject

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use macro file M40.g ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

If your RepRap machine can eject the parts it has built off the bed, this command executes the eject cycle. This usually involves cooling the bed and then performing a sequence of movements that remove the printed parts from it. The X, Y and Z position of the machine at the end of this cycle are undefined (though they can be found out using the M114 command, q.v.).

See also M240 and M241 below.

M41: Loop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No, use 'while' command ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M41

If the RepRap machine was building a file from its own memory such as a local SD card (as opposed to a file being transmitted to it from a host computer) this goes back to the beginning of the file and runs it again. So, for example, if your RepRap is capable of ejecting parts from its build bed then you can set it printing in a loop and it will run and run. Use with caution - the only things that will stop it are:

  1. When you press the reset button,
  2. When the build material runs out (if your RepRap is set up to detect this), and
  3. When there's an error (such as a heater failure).

M42: Switch I/O pin

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Pin number
Snnn Pin value
Example
M42 P7 S255

M42 switches a general purpose I/O pin. Use M42 Px Sy to set pin x to value y, when omitting Px the LEDPIN will be used.

In Teacup, general purpose devices are handled like a heater, see M104.

In Marlin Firmware, pin numbers for 32-bit processors are in the form PORT * 100 + PIN. So pin P1_02 on LPC1768 can be set with M42 P102 S1.

Marlin 1.x includes an I parameter to permit setting "volatile" pins that Marlin is using.

Marlin 2.0.5.2 - 2.0.9.3 uses the M parameter to set the pin mode: 0=INPUT, 1=OUTPUT, 2=INPUT_PULLUP, 3=INPUT_PULLDOWN. In Marlin 2.0.9.4 and up the T parameter is used instead.

In RepRapFirmware, the S field may be in the range 0..1 or 0..255. The pin reference is an internal firmware reference named "digital pin", see Duet pinout. It maps on different connector pins depending the hardware. On Duet 0.6 and 0.8.5 hardware using pre-1.16 firmware, the supported pin numbers and their names on the expansion connector are:

Duet M42 P value to Expansion Port Pin Mapping
P Name Expansion Port Pin
16 TXD1 11
17 RXD1 12
18 TXD0 13
19 RXD0 14
20 TWD1 35
21 TWCK1 36
23 PA14 10
36 PC4 18
52 AD14 41
67 PB16 32

In firmware 1.16, the pin numbering has changed.

Duet 0.6 and 0.8.5 v1.16+ M42 P value to Expansion Port Pin Mapping
P Name Expansion Port Pin
60 PA10/RXD0 14
61 PA11/TXD0 13
62 PA12/RXD1 12
63 PA13/TXD1 11
64 PA14/RTS1 10
65 PB12/TWD1 35
66 PB13/TWCK1 36
67 PB16/DAC1* 32
68 PB21/AD14 41
69 PC4 18
  • Also used as CS signal on external SD card socket
Duet WiFi v1.16+ M42 P value to Expansion Port Pin Mapping
P Signal Name Expansion Connector Label Expansion Pin
60 CS5 CS5 50
61 CS6 E3_STOP 9
62 CS7 E4_STOP 14
63 CS8 E5_STOP 19

See Using servos and controlling unused I/O pins for all pin definitions.

Pre-1.16 example:

M42 P20 S1 ;set the connector pin 35 to high.

On RADDS hardware running RepRapFirmware-dc42, the supported Arduino Due pin numbers and their names are:

5 TIOA6, 6 PWML7, 39 PWMH2, 58 AD3, 59 AD2, 66 DAC0, 67 DAC1, 68 CANRX0, 69 CANTX0, 70 SDA1, 71 SCL1, 72 RX LED, 73 TX LED.

See also M583.

M43: Stand by on material exhausted

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M600 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M43

If your RepRap can detect when its material runs out, this decides the behaviour when that happens. The X and Y axes are zeroed (but not Z), and then the machine shuts all motors and heaters off except the heated bed, the temperature of which is maintained. The machine will still respond to G and M code commands in this state.

M43: Pin report and debug

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M43 En Pnnn Wn In
Parameters
En Enable / disable background endstop monitoring
Pnnn Pin to read or watch. If omitted, read/watch all pins
Wn bool watch pins -reporting changes- until reset, click, or M108
In bool Flag to ignore pin protection
Note
You must have PINS_DEBUGGING uncommented in your Configuration_adv.h file for M43 to work.

M44: Codes debug - report codes available

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

In MK4duo you must enable FASTER_GCODE_EXECUTE to get this G-code.

Parameters
In G-code list
Jn M-code list

M44: Reset the bed skew and offset calibration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Resets the bed skew and offset calibration on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s.

M45: Bed skew and offset with manual Z up

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Runs the xyz calibration on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s.

Parameters
Vnn Verbosity level 1, 10 and 20 (low, mid, high). Only when SUPPORT_VERBOSITY is defined. This parameter is optional.

M46: Show the assigned IP address

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M552 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Reports the assigned IP address of a Toshiba FlashAir on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s. At this moment it is deactivated.

M47: Show end stops dialog on the display

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Show end stops dialog on the display on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s.

M48: Measure Z-Probe repeatability

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use macro M48.g ??? Yes1 ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn number of points
Xnnn position on the X axis
Ynnn position on the Y axis
Vnnn verbosity
E engage
Lnnn legs of travel
S schizoid

As with G29, the E flag causes the probe to stow after each probe.

The S flag will result is a random sized, 5 pointed star, being traced (X and Y axis) between each sample. Usually a user will get worse repeat-ability numbers with S specified because the X axis and Y axis movements will add to the machine's positioning errors.


Prusa specific 1

This function assumes the bed has been homed. Specifically, that a G28 command as been issued prior to invoking the M48 Z-Probe repeatability measurement function. Any information generated by a prior G29 Bed leveling command will be lost and need to be regenerated.

The number of samples will default to 10 if not specified. You can use upper or lower case letters for any of the options EXCEPT n. n must be in lower case because Marlin uses a capital N for its communication protocol and will get horribly confused if you send it a capital N.

Usage

M48 nAA Xnnnn Ynnnn Vn Lnn

Parameters
nAA number(AA) of samples, default=10 (valid values between 4 and 50)
Xnnn X position for samples
Ynnn Y position for samples
Vn Verbosity level 1-4 (low to highest)
Lnn Legs of travel 1-15

M49: Set G26 debug flag

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M49 S1 ; Enable G26 verbose debug output

M70: Display message

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M117 M117 M117 No ??? M117 M117 ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No M117 No M117 Yes
Example
M70 P200 Message

Display a message on the LCD. P is the time to display message for.

M72: Play a tone or song

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M300 M300 No M300 ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No: See M300 Yes
Example
M72 P2

Instruct the machine to play a preset song. Acceptable song IDs are machine specific. P is the ID of the song to play.

M73: Set/Get build percentage

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 3.3 and later ??? Yes1 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No Yes
Example
M73 P50

Tell the firmware the current build progress percentage. The machine is expected to display this on its display. If the percentage is exactly 0 a "Build Start" notification is sent to the host. If the percentage is exactly 100 a "Build End" notification is sent to the host.

Use "M73" by itself to get a report of the current print progress.

Prusa specific1

Prusa firmware shows percent done, time remaining and time to change/pause/user interaction.

Usage

M73 P R Q S C1 D1

Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
P Percent in normal mode
R Time remaining in normal mode (minutes)
Q Percent in silent mode
S Time remaining in silent mode (minutes)
C Time to change/pause/user interaction in normal mode (minutes)1
D Time to change/pause/user interaction in silent mode (minutes)1
Examples
M73
echo NORMAL MODE: Percent done: ---%; print time remaining in mins: -----"
echo SILENT MODE: Percent done: ---%; print time remaining in mins: -----"

Prusa Firmware 3.10.0+1
echo NORMAL MODE: Percent done: ---%; print time remaining in mins: -----; Change in mins: -----"1
echo SILENT MODE: Percent done: ---%; print time remaining in mins: -----; Change in mins: -----"1

M74: Set weight on print bed

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No Yes No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
W Set the total mass in grams of everything that is currently on the bed.
Example
M74 W100

Tell the firmware the current weight of 100g on the bed.

M75: Start the print job timer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M76: Pause the print job timer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M77: Stop the print job timer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M78: Show statistical information about the print jobs

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No No No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M80: ATX Power On

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes1 ??? Yes No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No automatic No ???
Parameters
C"port_name" (RepRapFirmware 3.4 and later only) Name of the pin used to control the power supply, default "pson"
Examples
M80           ; Turn on the power supply
M80 S         ; Report power supply state (Marlin 1.1.1)
M80 C"!pson"  ; invert the PS_ON output for Meanwell power supplies

Turns on the ATX power supply from standby mode to fully operational mode. No-op on electronics without standby mode.

Notes
  • Marlin requires the POWER_SUPPLY configuration option to be set to a non-zero value to enable M80.
  • Some firmwares (e.g., Teacup) handle power on/off automatically, so this is redundant there. Also, see RAMPS wiring for ATX on/off.
  • Prusa requires defined (PS_ON_PIN) and PS_ON_PIN must be set.1

M81: ATX Power Off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes1 ??? Yes No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No Yes automatic No ???
Parameters
P quit the daemon (redeem only)
R restart the daemon (redeem only)
Sn n=0 turn power off immediately (default), n=1 turn power off when all thermostatic fans have turned off (RepRapFirmware 1.20 and later only)
Examples
M81  ; turn power off immediately
M81 S1 ; turn power off when everything has cooled down (RepRapFirmware)

Turns off the ATX power supply. Counterpart to M80.

Notes
  • Prusa requires defined (PS_ON_PIN) and PS_ON_PIN must be set to Power off.1

M82: Set extruder to absolute mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes Yes ???
Example
M82

Makes the extruder interpret extrusion as absolute positions.

This is the default in repetier and for Yaskawa controllers.

M83: Set extruder to relative mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No Yes Yes ???
Example
M83

Makes the extruder interpret extrusion values as relative positions.

Note that the Ultimaker 3 will revert back to absolute extrusion after each tool change.

M84: Stop idle hold

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes3 Yes2 ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes Yes No ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Innn Reset flags1
Example
M84

Stop the idle hold on all axis and extruder. In some cases the idle hold causes annoying noises, which can be stopped by disabling the hold. Be aware that by disabling idle hold during printing, you will get quality issues. This is recommended only in between or after printjobs.

On Marlin, Repetier and RepRapFirmware, M84 can also be used to configure or disable the idle timeout. For example, "M84 S10" will idle the stepper motors after 10 seconds of inactivity. "M84 S0" will disable idle timeout; steppers will remain powered up regardless of activity. For Yaskawa systems M84 is not applicable due to servo motors not producing the annoying noises.

Notes

1RepRapFirmware-dc42 and other firmware may not support this parameter.

2Prusa firmware uses M84 similar to G-code#M18:_Disable_all_stepper_motors

3On Klipper M84 is equivalent to G-code#M18:_Disable_all_stepper_motors

Prusa Usage
M84 E S X Y Z
Prusa Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.2
E Extruder drive(s)2
S Seconds
X X axis
Y Y axis
Z Z axis

M85: Set Inactivity Shutdown Timer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???
Example
M85 S30

Set Inactivity Shutdown Timer with parameter S<seconds>. "M85 S0" will disable the inactivity shutdown time (default)

M86: Set Safety Timeout

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.3 No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M86 Snnnn
Parameters
S Seconds
T Trigger Temperature (Marlin)
E Extruder Idle Temperature (Marlin)
B Bed Idle Temperature (Marlin)

Similar to M85 but applies to the "safety timer" in Prusa and Marlin Firmware.

Set the Safety Timeout in seconds. M86 S0 will disable the safety timer.

When the safety timer expires, heatbed and nozzle target temperatures are set to zero (Prusa Firmware) or idle temperatures (Marlin).

In Marlin Firmware the Hotend Idle Timeout is active whenever the hotend temperature goes above the trigger value and the timer gets reset whenever the extruder or other axes move. So if the machine is sitting idle for the timeout period (set by M86 T) the machine will reduce the hotend and bed temperatures to those set by M86 E and M86 B. These settings are saved to the EEPROM by M500 and reset to configuration defaults by M502.

M87: Cancel Safety Timer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.3 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M87

Cancels the safety timer. Equivalent to M86 S0.

M92: Set axis_steps_per_unit

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes No No ???
Parameters
Xnnn Steps per unit for the X drive
Ynnn Steps per unit for the Y drive
Znnn Steps per unit for the Z drive
Ennn Steps per unit for the extruder drive(s)
Snnn Defines in which microstepping the above steps per unit are given. If omitted it will use the microstepping currently set by M350.1
Examples
M92 X87.489 Y87.489 Z87.489
M92 E420:420

Allows programming of steps per unit (usually mm) for motor drives. These values are reset to firmware defaults on power on, unless saved to EEPROM if available (M500 in Marlin) or in the configuration file (config.g in RepRapFirmware). Very useful for calibration.

RepRapFirmware will report the current steps/mm if you send M92 without any parameters. For Yaskawa systems M92/M93 is not applicable due to use of servo motors.

Notes

1 Only available in RepRapFirmware >=2.03

M93: Send axis_steps_per_unit

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M92 ??? ??? ??? ??? No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No No No No ???

M98: Call Macro/Subprogram

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No Yes No
Parameters
Pnnn Macro filename. In RepRapFirmware 3 this must be enclosed in double-quote characters. In RepRapFirmware 2 the double-quote characters are optional.
Example
M98 Pmymacro.g
M98 P"mymacro.g"

Runs the macro in the file mymacro.g. In conventional G Codes for CNC machines the P parameter normally refers to a line number in the program itself (P2000 would run the Macro starting at line O2000, say). For RepRap, which almost always has some sort of mass storage device inbuilt, it simply refers to the name of a G-code file that is executed by the G98 call. That G-code file does not need to end with an M99 (return) as the end-of-file automatically causes a return. RepRapFirmware supports nested macro calls up to a depth of 5.

Certain machine parameters are saved at the start of the macro call and restored at the end. For RepRapFirmware these are: axis movement relative/absolute mode, extruder movement absolute/relative mode, feed rate, inches/mm setting, and whether or not volumetric extrusion is selected. This allows the macro to change these settings without affecting the subsequent behaviour of the calling file.

RepRapFirmware also allows the filename to include a path to a subdirectory. For relative paths, the default folder is /sys, but some implementations may check the /macros directory too. Absolute file paths are supported by RepRapFirmware too.

M99: Return from Macro/Subprogram

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No Yes No
Example
M99

Returns from an M98 call.

RepRapFirmware closes the currently active macro file. If a nested macro is being run, RepRapFirmware goes up one stack level.

M101: Turn extruder 1 on (Forward), Undo Retraction

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes: 1.17c and later ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No Yes No ???

In Teacup firmware: If a DC extruder is present, turn that on. Else, undo filament retraction, which means, make the extruder ready for extrusion. Complement to M103.

In BFB/RapMan: Turn extruder on (forward/filament in).

In RepRapFirmware: undo filament retraction. The length and speed are set by the M207 command. RepRapFirmware supports this command for compatibility with Simplify3D.

In other firmwares: Deprecated. Regarding filament retraction, see G10, G11, M207, M208, M227, M228, M229.

M102: Turn extruder 1 on (Reverse)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No Yes No No No No No No

In BFB/RapMan firmware: Turn extruder on Reverse (Still to add)

M102: Configure Distance Sensor

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.1 No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

For Marlin's BD_SENSOR option, configure the sensor.

M102 S<10ths> : Set adjustable Z height in 10ths of a mm (e.g., 'M102 S4' enables adjusting for Z <= 0.4mm.)
M102 S0 : Disable adjustable Z height.
Negative S values are commands
M102 S-1 : Read sensor information
M102 S-5 : Read raw Calibration data
M102 S-6 : Start Calibration

M103: Turn all extruders off, Extruder Retraction

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes: 1.17c and later ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No Yes No ???

In Teacup firmware: If a DC extruder is present, turn that off. Else, retract the filament in the hope to prevent nozzle drooling. Complement to M101.

In BFB/RapMan firmware: Turn extruder off.

In RepRapFirmware: retract filament. The length and speed are set by the M207 command. RepRapFirmware supports this command for compatibility with Simplify3D.

In other firmwares: Deprecated. Regarding filament retraction, see G10, G11, M207, M208, M227, M228, M229.

M104: Set Extruder Temperature

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Parameters
C Use fan for cooling (Only Prusa)
Dnnn Display temperature (Only Prusa)
Snnn Target temperature
Rnnn Idle temperature (Only MK4duo)
Example
M104 S190
M104 S190 R170

Set the temperature of the current extruder to 190oC and return control to the host immediately (i.e. before that temperature has been reached by the extruder). See also M109.

See also using G10. Deprecation of M104 is subject to discussion. --Traumflug 11:33, 19 July 2012 (UTC)

M104 in Marlin Firmware

See Marlin Wiki. In Marlin Firmware, using M104 with no parameters will turn off the heater for the current extruder. This is also the case for M104 S without a number after the S parameter.

M104 in Teacup Firmware

In Teacup Firmware, M104 can be additionally used to handle all devices using a temperature sensor. It supports the additional P parameter, which is a zero-based index into the list of sensors in config.h. For devices without a temp sensor, see M106.

Example
M104 P1 S100

Set the temperature of the device attached to the second temperature sensor to 100°C.

M104 in RepRapFirmware and Klipper

RepRapFirmware and some other firmwares support the optional T parameter (as generated by slic3r) to specify which tool the command applies to.

M105: Get Extruder Temperature

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes1 ??? Yes Yes Yes2 Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Examples
M105

Request the temperature of the current extruder, the build base and the build chamber in degrees Celsius. The temperatures are returned to the host computer. For example, the line sent to the host in response to this command can look like:

ok T:201 B:117
ok T:201 /202 B:117 /120
ok T:201 /202 B:117 /120 C:49.3 /50
ok T:201 /202 T0:110 /110 T1:23 /0 B:117 /120 C:49.3 /50
ok T0:110 /110 T1:23 /0 B:117 /120
ok T:20.2 /0.0 B:19.1 /0.0 T0:20.2 /0.0 @:0 B@:0 P:19.8 A:26.4

The parameters mean the following:

  • T, T0, ..., Tn - extruder temperature. In a single extruder setup, only T will be reported. Some firmware variants will report no T0 in multi extruder setups - in that case T is to be considered the temperature of the first tool. Otherwise, T should be considered the temperature of the currently selected tool (which will be repeated in one of the Tn entries)
  • B - bed temperature
  • C - chamber temperature
  • @ - Hotend power
  • B@ - Bed power
  • P - PINDAv2 actual (Prusa MK2.5/s MK3/s only)1
  • A - Ambient actual (Prusa MK3/s only)1

A temperature report will usually include actual and target temperature for all available heaters, with the format being "actual/target" or - for some firmware variants - "actual /target". During a blocking heatup some firmware variants only report the temperature tuple for the heater that is currently in blocking heatup state.

Note that temperatures can be reported as integers or floats. There sadly are a lot of interpretations of how an M105 response should look like across firmware variants, making parsing them potentially tricky.

Expansion/generalization of M105 to be considered using S1 parameter as noted in Pronterface I/O Monitor

In Repetier and MK4duo you can add X0 (X1 MK4duo) to get raw values as well:

M105 X0
==> 11:05:48.910 : T:23.61 /0 @:0 T0:23.61 /0 @0:0 RAW0:3922 T1:23.89 /0 @1:0 RAW1:3920

Recent versions of RepRapFirmware also report the current and target temperatures of all active heaters.



1Druid firmware

Temperature actual/target in Celcius (actual with one decimal , target is integer)

  • T0: in a single extruder systems,
  • T0: and T1: in dual extruder systems.
  • B: for Heated bed
  • C: for Heated chamber

Power applied (PWM value 0-255)

  • @0: and @1: for Hotends
  • B@: for Heated bed
  • C@: for Heated chamber

Active or not, the values for all available heaters on the system are sent.

Examples
T0:27.8/0 @0:0
T0:27.7/0 B:21.6/0 @0:0 B@:0
T0:27.8/0 T1:27.8/210 B:21.6/0 C:85.0/0 @0:0 @1:255 B@:0 C@:0

M106: Fan On

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ???
Parameters
Pnnn Fan number (optional, defaults to 0)2
Snnn Fan speed (0 to 255; RepRapFirmware also accepts 0.0 to 1.0))
Extra Parameters
Innn Invert signal, or disable fan1 3
Fnnn Set fan PWM frequency, in Hz1 3
Lnnn Set minimum fan speed (0 to 255 or 0.0 to 1.0)1 3
Xnnn Set maximum fan speed (0 to 255 or 0.0 to 1.0)1 3
Bnnn Blip time - fan will be run at full PWM for this number of seconds when started from standstill1
Hnn:nn:nn... Select heaters monitored when in thermostatic mode1 3
Rnnn Restore fan speed to the value it has when the print was paused1
Tnnn Set thermostatic mode trigger temperature
Cnnn Set custom name (RRF > 2.01 only)1
Example
M106 S127
Examples (RepRapFirmware)
M106 P1 I1 S87
M106 P1 T45 H1:2
M106 P2 B0.1 L0.05

The first example turns on the default cooling fan at half speed. The second one inverts the cooling fan signal of the second fan and sets its value to 1/3 of its maximum. The third one sets the second fan to a thermostatic fan for heaters 1 and 2 (e.g. the extruder heaters in a dual-nozzle machine) such that the fan will be on when either hot end is at or above 45C.

Mandatory parameter 'S' declares the PWM value (0-255). M106 S0 turns the fan off. In some implementations like RepRapFirmware the PWM value may alternatively be specified as a real fraction: M106 S0.7.

Notes

1These parameters are only available in RepRapFirmware.

2Marlin 1.0 to 1.1.6 only supports a single fan. Marlin 1.1.7 and up supports up to 3 fans.

3These parameters are only available in MK4duo.

M106 in RepRapFirmware

If an S parameter is provided but no other parameter is present, then the speeds of the print cooling fans associated with the current tool will be set (see the F parameter in the M563 command). If no tool is active then the speed of Fan 0 will be set. Either way, the speed is remembered so that it can be recalled using the R2 parameter (see below).

If no S parameter is given but the R1 parameter is used, the fan speed when the print was last paused will be set. If the R2 parameter is used, then the speeds of the print cooling fans associated with the current tool will be set to the remembered value (see above).

The T and H parameters allow a fan to be configured to operate in thermostatic mode, for example to use one of the fan channels to control the hot end fan. In this mode the fan will be fully on when the temperature of any of the heaters listed in the H parameter is at or above the trigger temperature set by the T parameter, and off otherwise. Thermostatic mode can be disabled using parameter H-1.

The B parameter sets the time for which the fan will be operated at full PWM when started from cold, to allow low fan speeds t be used. A value of 0.1 seconds is usually sufficient.

The L parameter defines the minimum PWM value that is usable with this fan. If a lower value is commanded that is not zero, it will be rounded up to this value. The X parameter defines the maximum PWM value that is allowed for this fan. If a higher value is commanded, it will be rounded down to this value.

The I parameter causes the fan output signal to be inverted if its value is greater than zero. This makes the cooling fan output suitable for feeding the PWM input of a 4-wire fan via a diode. If the parameter is present and zero, the output is not inverted. If the I parameter is negative then in RRF 1.16 and later the fan is disabled, which frees up the pin for use as a general purpose I/O pin that can be controlled using M42.

M106 in Teacup Firmware

Additionally to the above, Teacup Firmware uses M106 to control general devices. It supports the additional P parameter, which is an zero-based index into the list of heaters/devices in config.h.

Example
M106 P2 S255

Turn on device #3 at full speed/wattage.

Note: When turning on a temperature sensor equipped heater with M106 and M104 at the same time, temperature control will override the value given in M106 quickly.

Note well: The ambiguous text in the note above needs to be reworded by someone who knows the actual functioning. Below is my interpretation based on language use, not practical experience or code inspection.

Note: If M104 is (or becomes) active on a heater (or other device) with a feedback sensor it will correct any M106 initiated control output value change in the time it takes for the PID (of other feedback) loop to adjust it back to minimum error. It may not be easy to observe a change in the temperature (process value) due to this brief change in the control value

M107: Fan Off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes ???

Deprecated in Teacup firmware and in RepRapFirmware. Use M106 S0 instead.

M108: Cancel Heating

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No Yes No No ???

Breaks out of an M109 or M190 wait-for-temperature loop, continuing the print job. Use this command with caution! If cold extrusion prevention is enabled (see M302) and the temperature is too low, this will start "printing" without extrusion. If cold extrusion prevention is disabled and the hot-end temperature is too low, the extruder may jam.

This command was introduced in Marlin 1.1.0. As with other emergency commands [e.g., M112] this requires the host to leave space in the command buffer, or the command won't be executed until later.

Recent versions of Marlin introduce EMERGENCY_PARSER, which overcomes the buffer limitation by watching the incoming serial stream. Commands M108, M112, M410, and M876 can all be intercepted by the emergency parser, so it is recommended to enable this feature.

M108: Set Extruder Speed (BFB)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

Sets speed of extruder motor. (Deprecated in FiveD firmware, see M113)

M109: Set Extruder Temperature and Wait

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No Yes Yes Yes not needed Yes Yes
Parameters
C Use fan for cooling (Only Prusa)
Snnn minimum target temperature, waits until heating
Rnnn maximum target temperature, waits until cooling (Sprinter)
Rnnn accurate target temperature, waits until heating and cooling (Marlin and MK4duo)
Tn tool number (RepRapFirmware and Klipper), optional
F use extruder fan to speed up cooling (if not heating)
Example
M109 S215
M109 in Teacup

Not needed. To mimic Marlin behaviour, use M104 followed by M116.

M109 in Marlin, MK4duo, Sprinter (ATmega port), RepRapFirmware, Prusa

Set extruder heater temperature in degrees celsius and wait for this temperature to be achieved.

Example
M109 S185

RepRapFirmware also supports the optional T parameter (as generated by slic3r) to specify which tool the command refers to (see below).

M109 in Sprinter (4pi port)

Parameters: S (optional), set target temperature value. If not specified, waits for the temperature set by M104. R (optional), sets target temperature range maximum value.

Example
M109 S185 R240 ; set extruder temperature to 185 and wait for the temperature to be between 185 - 240.

If you have multiple extruders, use T or P parameter to specify which extruder you want to set/wait.

Another way to do this is to use G10.

M109 in MakerBot
Example
M109 S70 T0

Sets the target temperature for the current build platform. S is the temperature to set the platform to, in degrees Celsius. T is the platform to heat.

M109 in Klipper

According to the documentation, Klipper will wait for the specified temperature to settle, i.e. it will wait until it goes back down in case it overshoots. Klipper also supports the optional T parameter to specify which tool the command refers to (see above).

M110: Set Current Line Number

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No Yes not needed No ???
Parameters
Nnnn Line number
Example
M110 N123

This example sets the current line number to 123. Thus the expected next line after this command will be 124.

M111: Set Debug Level

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No2 ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No Yes Debug No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Debug module1
Snnn Debug on/off
Examples
M111 S6
M111 P1 S1

Enable or disable debugging features in the firmware. The implementation may look different per firmware.

Notes

1This parameter is only available in RepRapFirmware.

2Prusa fimrware use D-codes/commands for debugging.

M111 in RepRapFirmware

RepRapFirmware allows debugging to be set for each module. If the optional 'P' parameter is not specified, debugging will be enabled for all modules. For a list of modules, send M111 S1 P15.

M111 in Repetier

Set the level of debugging information transmitted back to the host to level 6. The level is the OR of three bits:

#define DEBUG_ECHO (1<<0)
#define DEBUG_INFO (1<<1)
#define DEBUG_ERRORS (1<<2)
#define DEBUG_DRYRUN (1<<3) // repetier-firmware
#define DEBUG_COMMUNICATION (1<<4) // repetier-firmware

Thus 6 means send information and errors, but don't echo commands. (This is the RepRap default.)

For firmware that supports ethernet and web interfaces M111 S9 will turn web debug information on without changing any other debug settings, and M111 S8 will turn it off. Web debugging usually means that HTTP requests will be echoed to the USB interface, as will the responses.

M112: Full (Emergency) Stop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No Yes Yes No ???
Example
M112

Any moves in progress are immediately terminated, then RepRap shuts down. All motors and heaters are turned off. It can be started again by pressing the reset button on the master microcontroller. See also M0 and M1.

Please note while many systems termed this an Emergency Stop, this terminology is regulated in many regions with specific requirements behind its use. Marlin 2.0.x has renamed this to Full Stop. RepRapFirmware has indicated an intention to make a similar change as well. This stop function is NOT implemented in a Category 0 or 1 stop fashion or with fail-safe hardware compliying with PLd or better. The function as implemented is a category 2 software stop with no redundancies.

M113: Set Extruder PWM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No No No No ???
Example
M113

Set the PWM for the currently-selected extruder. On its own this command sets RepRap to use the on-board potentiometer on the extruder controller board to set the PWM for the currently-selected extruder's stepper power. With an S field:

M113 S0.7

it causes the PWM to be set to the S value (70% in this instance). M113 S0 turns the extruder off, until an M113 command other than M113 S0 is sent.

M113: Host Keepalive

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.9+ No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

During some lengthy processes, such as G29, Marlin may appear to the host to have “gone away.” The “host keepalive” feature will send messages to the host when Marlin is busy or waiting for user response so the host won’t try to reconnect.

Usage
M113 Snnn
Parameters
Snnn keepalive interval to set
Examples
M113 S2

M114: Get Current Position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes
Example
M114

This causes the RepRap machine to report its current X, Y, Z and E coordinates to the host.

For example, the machine returns a string such as:

ok C: X:0.00 Y:0.00 Z:0.00 E:0.00

In Marlin first 3 numbers is the position for the planner. The other positions are the positions from the stepper function. This helps for debugging a previous stepper function bug.

X:0.00 Y:0.00 RZ:0.00 LZ:0.00 Count X:0.00 Y:0.00 RZ:41.02 LZ:41.02

M115: Get Firmware Version and Capabilities

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes2 ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No Yes No Yes Yes No No
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Bnnn (RepRapFirmware 3 only) Expansion board number (typically the CAN address) for which the firmware version is requested, default 0 (i.e. main board)
Pnnn Electronics type1
V Report the Prusa version number2
Unnnnnn Check the firmware version provided2
Examples
M115
M115 P2

Request the Firmware Version and Capabilities of the current microcontroller The details are returned to the host computer as key:value pairs separated by spaces and terminated with a linefeed.

sample data from firmware:

ok PROTOCOL_VERSION:0.1 FIRMWARE_NAME:FiveD FIRMWARE_URL:http%3A//reprap.org MACHINE_TYPE:Mendel EXTRUDER_COUNT:1

This M115 code is inconsistently implemented, and should not be relied upon to exist, or output correctly in all cases. An initial implementation was committed to svn for the FiveD Reprap firmware on 11 Oct 2010. Work to more formally define protocol versions is currently (October 2010) being discussed. See M115_Keywords for one draft set of keywords and their meanings. See the M408 command for a more comprehensive report on machine capabilities supported by RepRapFirmware.

Notes

1This parameter is supported only in RepRapFirmware and can be used tell the firmware about the hardware on which it is running. If the P parameter is present then the integer argument specifies the hardware being used. The following are currently supported:

M115 P0   Automatic board type selection if supported, or default if not
M115 P1   Duet 0.6
M115 P2   Duet 0.7
M115 P3   Duet 0.85

2These parameters are only supported in Prusa Firmware. Parameter Unnnnnn will check the firmware version provided. If the firmware version provided by the U code is higher than the currently running firmware, it will pause the print for 30s and ask the user to upgrade the firmware.

sample data M115:

FIRMWARE_NAME:Prusa-Firmware 3.8.1 based on Marlin FIRMWARE_URL:https://github.com/prusa3d/Prusa-Firmware PROTOCOL_VERSION:1.0 MACHINE_TYPE:Prusa i3 MK3S EXTRUDER_COUNT:1 UUID:00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000

sample data M115 V

3.8.1

sample data on display for 30s or user interactionM115 U3.8.2-RC1

New firmware version availible:
3.8.2-RC1
Please upgrade.

M116: Wait

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No Yes Yes No Yes
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.1
Pnnn Tool number
Hnnn Heater number
Cnnn Chamber number
Examples
M116
M116 P1

Wait for all temperatures and other slowly-changing variables to arrive at their set values if no parameters are specified. See also M109.

Notes

1Most implementations don't support any parameters, but RepRapFirmware version 1.04 and later supports an optional 'P' parameter that is used to specify a tool number. If this parameter is present, then the system only waits for temperatures associated with that tool to arrive at their set values. This is useful during tool changes, to wait for the new tool to heat up without necessarily waiting for the old one to cool down fully.

Recent versions of RepRapFirmware also allow a list of the heaters to be specified using the 'H' parameter, and if the 'C' parameter is present, this will indicate that the chamber heater should be waited for.

M117: Get Zero Position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No No No No No: See M70
Example
M117

This causes the RepRap machine to report the X, Y, Z and E coordinates in steps not mm to the host that it found when it last hit the zero stops for those axes. That is to say, when you zero X, the x coordinate of the machine when it hits the X endstop is recorded. This value should be 0, of course. But if the machine has drifted (for example by dropping steps) then it won't be. This command allows you to measure and to diagnose such problems. (E is included for completeness. It doesn't normally have an endstop.)

M117: Display Message

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes1 ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No No
Example
M117 Hello World

This causes the given message to be shown in the status line on an attached LCD. The above command will display Hello World. If RepRapFirmware is used and no LCD is attached, this message will be reported on the web interface.

Notes

In Prusa Firmware it is also used to display internal messages on LCD.1

In RepRapFirmware the message may optionally be enclosed in double-quotation marks. Doing this is recommended, to clarify the extent of the text to be displayed.

M118: Echo message on host

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.4+ Yes Yes ??? ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Use this code to print a visible message to the host console, preceded by 'echo:'.

Parameters
Pn (RepRapFirmware only) Message targets(s): 0 = generic [default], 1 = USB, 2 = LCD, 3 = HTTP, 4 = Telnet
S"msg" (RepRepFirmware only) Message to send
Example (Marlin)
M118 Color changing to blue
Example (RepRapFirmware)
M118 P2 S"Color changing to blue"

M118: Negotiate Features

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M118 P42

This M-code is for future proofing. NO firmware or hostware supports this at the moment. It is used in conjunction with M115's FEATURES keyword.

See Protocol_Feature_Negotiation for more info.

M119: Get Endstop Status

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes Yes No ???
Example
M119

Returns the current state of the configured X, Y, Z endstops. Takes into account any 'inverted endstop' settings, so one can confirm that the machine is interpreting the endstops correctly.

In redeem, M119 can also be used to invert end stops.

Example
M119 X1 1

This will invert end stop X1 (Inverted means switch is connected in Normally Open state (NO))

M120: Push

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M120

Push the state of the RepRap machine onto a stack. Exactly what variables get pushed depends on the implementation (as does the depth of the stack - a typical depth might be 5). A sensible minimum, however, might be

  • Current feedrate
  • Whether moves are relative or absolute
  • Whether extrusion is relative or absolute

RepRapFirmware calls this automatically when a macro file is run. In addition to the variables above, it pushes the following values on the stack:

  • Whether the units are inches or mm
  • Whether or not volumetric extrusion is in use
  • The selected plane (see G17/G18/G19) for G2/G3 moves

M121: Pop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M121

Recover the last state pushed onto the stack. RepRapFirmware calls this automatically when execution of a macro file terminates.

M120: Enable endstop detection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? M121 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

M121: Disable endstop detection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? M120 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

M122: Firmware dependent

M122: Diagnose (RepRapFirmware)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Bmmm Expansion board number for which diagnostics are requested, default 0 which means main board
Pnnn Optional parameter to specify what diagnostics are required. Caution: some values of P will crash the firmware deliberately to test error handling! See the Duet3D wiki for more details.
"DSF" Immediate DSF diagnostics (RRF3/Duet3 only with attached SBC)
P200 - LPC and STM32 Port Only Outputs the configuration of all the pins allocated by the firmware and board.txt
Example
M122

Sending an M122 causes the RepRap to transmit diagnostic information, for example via a USB serial link.

If RepRapFirmware is used and debugging is enabled for the Network module, this will also print LWIP stats to the host via USB.

M122: Set Software Endstop (MK4duo)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Disabled or Enabled Software Endstop M122 S<0/1>

M122: Debug Stepper drivers (Marlin)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Get diagnostic info about L6470 or Trinamic stepper drivers having a UART or SPI interface.

With Trinamic drivers there are some extra parameters, and depending on the configuration either basic or detailed information will be reported. Use parameters X, Y, Z, etc. to limit the report only to the specified steppers, otherwise all steppers are reported. Pass I to re-initialize the drivers. Use parameter S to sample at regular intervals. The P parameter can be used to set the sample interval in milliseconds.

Example
M122

M123: Firmware dependent

M123: Tachometer value (RepRap, Prusa & Marlin)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes2 No ??? Yes1 ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Sending a M123 causes the RepRap to transmit filament tachometer values from all extruders.

Sending a M123 is used in Prusa firmware to report fan speeds and fan pwm values.1

Sending a M123 is used in Marlin firmware to report only extruders fans speeds and pwm values.2

Usage
M123
Parameters2
Sn autoreport every n seconds (0 to disable)


Prusa firmware output1
E0: - Hotend fan speed in RPM
PRN1: - Part cooling fans speed in RPM
E0@: - Hotend fan PWM value
PRN1@: - Part cooling fan PWM value


Examples1
echo E0:3240 RPM PRN1:4560 RPM E0@:255 PRN1@:255
Examples2
echo E0:7040 RPM E0@:255
M123: Endstop Logic (MK4duo)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Xn X Logic
Yn Y Logic
Zn Z Logic
In X2 Logic
Jn Y2 Logic
Kn Z2 Logic
Pn Probe Logic
Dn Door Logic
Examples
M123 ; Print Status
M123 X1 Y1 Z0 P0

M124: Firmware dependent

M124: Immediate motor stop
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Immediately stops all motors.

M124: Set Endstop Pullup
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Xn X Pullup on/off
Yn Y Pullup on/off
Zn Z Pullup on/off
In X2 Pullup on/off
Jn Y2 Pullup on/off
Kn Z2 Pullup on/off
Pn Probe Pullup on/off
Dn Door Pullup on/off
Examples
M124 ; Print Status
M124 X1 Y1 Z0 P0

M126: Open Valve

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No No No No Yes
Example
M126 P500

Open the extruder's valve (if it has one) and wait 500 milliseconds for it to do so.

M126 in MakerBot
Example
M126 T0

Enables an extra output attached to a specific toolhead (e.g. fan)

M127: Close Valve

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No Yes No No No No Yes
Example
M127 P400

Close the extruder's valve (if it has one) and wait 400 milliseconds for it to do so.

M127 in MakerBot
Example
M127 T0

Disables an extra output attached to a specific toolhead (e.g. fan)

M128: Extruder Pressure PWM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M128 S255

PWM value to control internal extruder pressure. S255 is full pressure.

M129: Extruder pressure off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M129 P100

In addition to setting Extruder pressure to 0, you can turn the pressure off entirely. P400 will wait 100ms to do so.

M130: Set PID P value

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M301 M301 ??? M301 ??? No M301 ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No M301 Yes M301 No
Parameters
Pnnn heater number
Snnn proportional (Kp)
Example
M130 P0 S8.0  ; Sets heater 0 P factor to 8.0

Teacup can control multiple heaters with independent PID controls. For the default shown at https://github.com/Traumflug/Teacup_Firmware/blob/master/config.default.h, heater 0 is the extruder (P0), and heater 1 is the bed (P1).

Teacup's PID proportional units are in pwm/255 counts per quarter C, so to convert from counts/C, you would divide by 4. Conversely, to convert from count/qC to count/C, multiply by 4. In the above example, S=8 represents a Kp=8*4=32 counts/C.

M131: Set PID I value

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M301 M301 ??? M301 ??? No M301 ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No M301 Yes M301 No
Parameters
Pnnn heater number
Snnn integral (Ki)
Example
M131 P1 S0.5  ; Sets heater 1 I factor to 0.5

Teacup's PID integral units are in pwm/255 counts per (quarter C*quarter second), so to convert from counts/qCqs, you would divide by 16. Conversely, to convert from count/qCqs to count/Cs, multiply by 16. In the above example, S=0.5 represents a Ki=0.5*16=8 counts/Cs.

M132: Set PID D value

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M301 M301 ??? M301 ??? No M301 ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No M301 Yes M301 Yes
Parameters
Pnnn heater number
Snnn derivative (Kd)
Example
M132 P0 S24  ; Sets heater 0 D factor to 24.0

Teacup's PID derivative units are in pwm/255 counts per (quarter degree per 2 seconds), so to convert from counts/C, you would divide by 4. Conversely, to convert from count/qC to count/C, multiply by 8. In the above example, S=24 represents a Kd=24*8=194 counts/(C/s).

M132 in MakerBot
Example
M132 X Y Z A B

Loads the axis offset of the current home position from the EEPROM and waits for the buffer to empty.

M133: Set PID I limit value

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M301 M301 ??? M301 ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No M301 Yes M301 Yes
Parameters
Pnnn heater number
Snnn integral limit (Ki)
Example
M133 P1 S264  ; Sets heater 1 I limit value to 264

Teacup's PID integral limit units are in quarter-C*quarter-seconds, so to convert from C-s, you would multiply by 16. Conversely, to convert from qC*qs to C*s, divide by 16. In the above example, S=264 represents an integral limit of 16.5 C*s.

M133 in MakerBot

Wait for the toolhead to reach its target temperature.

Parameters
Tnn : Extruder to wait for
Pnn : Time limit, in seconds
Example
M133 T0 P500 ; Wait for Tool 0 to reach target. Fail after 8:20.

M134: Write PID values to EEPROM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No: See M500 ??? No ??? No No: See M504 ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Yes No Yes
Example
M134
M134 in MakerBot
Example
M134 T0 P500

Instruct the machine to wait for the platform to reach its target temperature. T is the platform to wait for. P if present, sets the time limit.

M135: Set PID sample interval

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No Yes
Parameters
Snnn Heat sample time in seconds
Example
M135 S300

Set the PID to measure temperatures and calculate the power to send to the heaters every 300ms.

M135 in MakerBot
Example
M135 T0

Instructs the machine to change its toolhead. Also updates the State Machine's current tool_index. T is the toolhead for the machine to switch to and the new tool_index for the state machine to use.

M136: Print PID settings to host

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No M301 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No Debug No ???
Example
M136 P1  ; print heater 0 PID parameters to host

M140: Set Bed Temperature (Fast)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Parameters
Pnnn Bed heater index1
Hnnn Heater number1
Tnnn Tool number2
Snnn Active/Target temperature
Rnnn Standby temperature1 2
Example
M140 S55

Set the temperature of the build bed to 55oC and return control to the host immediately (i.e. before that temperature has been reached by the bed).

Notes

1 These parameters are only supported in RepRapFirmware. RepRapFirmware allows the bed heater to be switched off if the absolute negative temperature (-273.15) is passed as target temperature. In this case the current bed temperature is not affected:

M140 S-273.15

2 These parameters are only supported in MK4duo for Idle temperature

M140 S60 R30
M140 T1 S60 R30

There is an optional R field that sets the bed standby temperature: M140 S65 R40.

Recent versions of RepRapFirmware also provide an optional 'H' parameter to set the hot bed heater number. If no heated bed is present, a negative value may be specified to disable it.

M141: Set Chamber Temperature (Fast)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes No uses M104 No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Chamber index1
Hnnn Heater number1
Tnnn Tool number2
Snnn Active/Target temperature
Rnnn Standby temperature1 2
Examples
M141 S30
M141 H0

Set the temperature of the chamber to 30oC and return control to the host immediately (i.e. before that temperature has been reached by the chamber).

Notes

1 These parameters are only supported in RepRapFirmware and work just like in M140.

2 These parameters are only supported in MK4duo and work just like in M140.

M142: Firmware dependent

M142: Holding Pressure
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M142 S1

Set the holding pressure of the bed to 1 bar.

The holding pressure is in bar. For hardware which only has on/off holding, when the holding pressure is zero, turn off holding, when the holding pressure is greater than zero, turn on holding.

M142: Set Cooler Temperature (Fast)
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Tnnn Tool number
Snnn Active/Target temperature
Rnnn Standby temperature
Examples
M142 S60
M142 S60 R30
M141 T1 S60 R30

Set the temperature of the cooler

M143: Maximum heater temperature

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
H Heater number (RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later, default 1 which is normally the first hot end)
S Maximum temperature
Examples
M143 S275      ; set the maximum temperature of the hot-end to 275°C
M143 H0 S125   ; set the maximum bed temperature to 125C

The default maximum temperature for all heaters was 300°C prior to RepRapFirmware version 1.13, and 262°C from 1.13 onwards. From RepRapFirmware 1.17 onwards, the default maximum temperatures are 262C for extruders and 125C for the bed.

When the temperature of the heater exceeds this value, countermeasures will be taken.

M144: Bed Standby

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn Bed heater number, default 0
Sn 0 = set bed heater to standby (default), 1 = set bad heater active
Example
M144

Switch the bed heater to its standby temperature. M140 S1 turns it back to its active temperature.

M146: Set Chamber Humidity

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Rnnn Relative humidity in percent
Example
M146 R60

Set the relative humidity of the chamber to 60% and return control to the host immediately (i.e. before that humidity has been reached by the chamber).

M149: Set temperature units

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
C Flag to treat temperature as degrees Celsius
K Flag to treat temperature as Kelvin
Example
M149 K

It affects the S or R values in the codes M104, M109, M140, M141, M143, M190 and G10. The default is M149 C.

M150: Set LED color

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes See below ??? No1 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Rnnn Red component
Unnn Green component
Bnnn Blue component
Wnnn White component (Marlin)
Pnnn Brightness (0-255) (Marlin, also RepRapFirmware 2.03 and later)
P Set full brightness (Marlin)
Snnn (RepRapFirmware) Number of individual LEDs to set to these colours
Fn (RepRapFirmware) Following command action. F0 (default) means this is the last command for the LED strip, so the next M150 command starts at the beginning of the strip. F1 means further M150 commands for the remainder of the strip follow this one.
Xn (RepRapFirmware) LED type: X0 (default) = DotStar, X1 = NeoPixel. This parameter is remembered from one call to the next, so it only needs to be given once.
Ynn (RepRapFirmware) Brightness, 0-31 (alternative to P 0-255)
Qnnn (RepRapFirmware) Use specified SPI frequency (in Hz) instead of default frequency. This parameter is only processed if X parameter also present. When using NeoPixels, only frequencies between about 2.5MHz and 4MHz will work.
Example
M150 R255 U128 B192
Example (RepRapFirmware)
M150 X1 F3000000         ; set LED type to NeoPixel and set SPI frequency to 3MHz
M150 R255 P128 S20 F1    ; set first 20 LEDs to red, half brightness, more commands for the strip follow
M150 U255 B255 P255 S20  ; set next 20 LEDs to cyan, full brightness, finished programming LED strip

Set BlinkM, Neopixel, and/or other LED light color and intensity with RGBW component values from 0 to 255. Some LCD controllers use this interface for a backlight. Firmware may override the set color to indicate the current printer status.

RepRapFirmware uses this command to control DotStar or NeoPixel LED strips on controllers that provide a connector for this purpose. When using NeoPixel strips there is a firmware-dependent maximum number of LEDs in the strip supported determined by the size of the DMA buffer.

Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

M154: Auto Report Position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.8.1 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Hosts normally monitor printer position by sending M114 every couple of seconds. This adds more serial traffic and fails if the command queue is full. M154 reduces traffic by setting the firmware to report the 'projected' position at regular intervals. This behavior is disabled by default for best compatibility with existing hosts. If the firmware supports M154 the output of M115 will report the AUTOREPORT_POS capability.

Usage
M154 Snnn : Set the auto-report interval in seconds. Set the interval to 0 to disable.

M155: Automatically send temperatures

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ No ??? Yes1 ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn enable sending temperatures = 1, disable = 0
Snnn Interval in seconds between auto-reports. S0 to disable. (Marlin) Prusa has a Maximum: 2551
Cnn Activate auto-report function (bit mask). Default is temperature.1
C bitmap1
bit 0 = Auto-report temperatures
bit 1 = Auto-report fans
bit 2 = Auto-report position
bit 3 = free
bit 4 = free
bit 5 = free
bit 6 = free
bit 7 = free
Examples
M155 S1 ; Enable temperature report (Marlin: every 1 second)
M155 S0 ; Stop reporting temperatures
M155 S4 ; Report temperatures every 4 seconds (Marlin)
M155 S4 C7; Reports temperatures, fans and position every 4 seconds (Prusa)1

Hosts normally monitor printer temperatures by sending M105 every couple of seconds. This not only adds serial traffic but it will fail whenever the command queue is full. M155 addresses these problems by telling the firmware to automatically report temperatures at regular intervals. This behavior is disabled by default for best compatibility with existing hosts. If the firmware supports M155 the output of M115 will report the AUTOREPORT_TEMP capability:

Cap:AUTOREPORT_TEMP:1

Prusa Firmware 3.10.0+ also adds capabilities:

Cap:AUTOREPORT_FANS:1
Cap:AUTOREPORT_POSITION:1
Cap:EXTENDED_M20:1

M160: Number of mixed materials

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M160 S4

This command has been superseded by the tool definition command M563 (see below).

Set the number of materials, N, that the current extruder can handle to the number specified. The default is 1.

When N >= 2, then the E field that controls extrusion requires N values separated by colons ":" after it like this:

M160 S4
G1 X90.6 Y13.8 E2.24:2.24:2.24:15.89
G1 X70.6 E0:0:0:42.4
G1 E42.4:0:0:0

The second line moves straight to the point (90.6, 13.8) extruding a total of 22.4mm of filament. The mix ratio for the move is 0.1:0.1:0.1:0.7.

The third line moves back 20mm in X extruding 42.4mm of filament.

The fourth line has no physical effect.

M163: Set weight of mixed material

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ M567 ??? No ??? 0.92+ No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn extruder number
Pnnn weight

Set weight for this mixing extruder drive.
See Repetier Color Mixing for more informations.

M164: Store weights

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ No ??? No ??? 0.92 No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn virtual extruder number
Pnnn store to eeprom (P0 = no, P1 = yes)

Store weights as virtual extruder S.

M165: Set multiple mix weights

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ M567 ??? No ??? No: No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters A B C D H I
A[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 1
B[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 2
C[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 3
D[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 4
H[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 5
I[factor] Mix factor for extruder stepper 6
  • Set multiple mix factors for a mixing extruder.
  • Factors that are left out will be set to 0.
  • All factors together must add up to 1.0.

M190: Wait for bed temperature to reach target temp

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No Yes Yes M116 Yes ???
Parameters
Snnn minimum target temperature, waits until heating
Rnnn accurate target temperature, waits until heating and cooling (Marlin and Prusa)
Example
M190 S60

Wait for the bed temperature to reach 60 degrees, printing out the temperatures once per second.

M191: Wait for chamber temperature to reach target temp

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ 1.17+ ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No
Example
M191 S60

Set the temperature of the build chamber to 60 °C and wait for the temperature to be reached.

Parameters
Snnn minimum target temperature, waits until heating
Rnnn accurate target temperature, waits until heating and cooling (Marlin)

M192: Wait for Probe Temperature

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Use M192 to dwell until the probe is at or above a given temperature.

M200: Set filament diameter

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.19+ ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No No No

Volumetric Extrusion is a firmware mode (and an option you can set in some slicers) wherein all extrusion amounts are specified as a volume —using cubic millimeters or inches (i.e., mm3 or in3)— instead of a linear distance. This makes it possible to use the same G-code with any filament diameter.

M200 tells the firmware what the filament diameter is, and (if non-zero) to enable Volumetric Extrusion.

Send M200 without parameters to get the current Volumetric Extrusion state and filament diameters.

Note that slicer-commanded retraction amounts must also be specified in mm3 since the E axis is interpreted as a volume. However, when using Firmware Retraction (G10 / G11) the retractions specified by M207 are still set in linear units.

Parameters (Marlin)
D[linear] Set the filament diameter in current units. If non-zero, enable Volumetric Extrusion.
T[index] Select the target extruder. If omitted, the active extruder.
S[bool] Enable or Disable Volumetric Extrusion (without modifying the filament diameter).
L[limit] Set the Maximum Extrusion Volume in mm3 per second. (Ignores units set by G20.) Use L0 for no limit.
Examples (Marlin)
M200 D0       ; Disable Volumetric Extrusion on all extruders
M200 D1.75    ; Set filament diameter for the current extruder to 1.75mm
M200 T1 D2.85 ; Set filament diameter for E2 to 1.75mm
M200 T1 L12   ; Set Maximum Extrusion Volume for E2 to 12mm3
M200 S1       ; Enable Volumetric Extrusion using the last-set diameters
Parameters (RepRapFirmware)
Daaa:bbb:ccc... Set filament diameter to aaa for extruder 1, bbb for extruder 2, etc. In RepRapFirmware 3.4 and earlier, if any of aaa, bbb etc. are zero then Volumetric Extrusion is disabled for that extruder.
Daaa Set filament diameter for all extruders.
S[bool] Enable or disable volumetric extrusion for this input channel (RepRapFirmware 3.5 and later)
Examples (RepRapFirmware)
M200 D0               ; Disable volumetric extrusion on all extruders (RRF 3.4 and earlier)
M200 S0               ; Disable volumetric extrusion for tis input channel (RRF 3.5 and later)
M200 D1.75            ; Set all extruder filament diameters to 1.75mm
M200 D1.75:3.0:1.75   ; Set extruder 0 to 1.75mm, E1 to 3.0mm and the rest to 1.75mm

M201: Set max acceleration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes No Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No Yes No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Acceleration for X axis in units/s2
Ynnn Acceleration for Y axis in units/s2
Znnn Acceleration for Z axis in units/s2
Ennn Acceleration for the active or specified extruder in units/s2
Example
M201 X1000 Y1000 Z100 E2000

Set the acceleration that axes can do in units/s2.

The M201 command is intended to define the machine's physical limits. Slicers should use the M204 command to define accelerations for a job and leave M201 settings to the user.

RepRapFirmware specific: Multiple colon-separated E values can be provided, so that different extruders can use different accelerations. If a single E value is provided, that value is applied to all extruders. The values must be provided in mm/sec^2 even if G20 has been used to set units to inches. M201 without parameters reports the current settings.

M201.1: Set reduced acceleration for special move types

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4 and later No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Acceleration for X axis in units/s2
Ynnn Acceleration for Y axis in units/s2
Znnn Acceleration for Z axis in units/s2
Ennn:nnn... Acceleration for the extruders in units/s2
Example
M201.1 X500 Y500 Z20 E500:500

Set the acceleration that axes should use for special types of move that should be done using reduced acceleration.

RepRapFirmware specific: these values are used for probing moves (because some types of Z probe can be triggered by high acceleration at the start of the move) and for moves that involve stall detection endstops (because high acceleration can bring the motor close to stalling). If a single E value is provided, that value is applied to all extruders. The values must be provided in mm/sec^2 even if G20 has been used to set units to inches. M201.1 without parameters reports the current settings.

M202: Set max travel acceleration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No No No No

Set max travel acceleration in units/s^2 for travel moves (M202 X1000 Y1000). Unused in Marlin!!

M203: Firmware dependent

M203: Set maximum feedrate
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes No Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Maximum feedrate for X axis
Ynnn Maximum feedrate for Y axis
Znnn Maximum feedrate for Z axis
Ennn Maximum feedrate for extruder drives
Innn (RepRapFirmware) Minimum feed rate (optional)
Example
M203 X6000 Y6000 Z300 E10000

Sets the maximum feedrates that your machine can do in mm/min. (Marlin uses mm/sec).

This command is intended to define the machine limits. Slicers should not generate M203 commands, instead they should use the F parameter on G0, G1 etc. command to specify the requested speeds.

M203 (Repetier): Set temperature monitor
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set temperature monitor to Sx. Repetier Firmware only.

M204: Firmware dependent

M204: Set default acceleration
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.18+ Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No No No No
Parameters (RepRapFimware)
Pnnn Acceleration for printing moves
Tnnn Acceleration for travel moves
Example
M204 P500 T2000

Accelerations set with M204 apply to the move as a whole based on the type of move. Use M201 to set limits for each axis individually. Both of these limits will be applied during printing.

Parameters (MK4duo)
Pnnn Acceleration for printing moves
Vnnn Acceleration for travel moves
Rnnn Acceleration for Retraction for Tools with T code
Example
M204 P500 V2000 T0 R5000

Other firmwares:

S[accel] Set Acceleration for normal moves in units/s2
T[accel] Set Acceleration for retract/recover moves in units/s2
B[ms] Set Minimum Segment Time to prevent planner starvation.

Marlin notes: Since version 1.0.2-1 the M204 options are:

P[accel] Set Acceleration for Printing moves. (i.e., Any XYZ motion plus E.)
R[accel] Set Acceleration for Retract moves. (i.e., E-axis only moves.)
T[accel] Set Acceleration for Travel moves. (i.e., without E movement)
Example

Set the acceleration for printing movements to 800mm/s^2, for travels to 3000mm/s^2 and for retracts to 9000mm/s^2.

M204 P800 T3000 R9000
M204 (Repetier): Set PID values
Usage
M204 X[Kp] Y[Ki] Z[Kd]

Set one or more PID parameters. Values are 100 * real value.

M205: Firmware dependent

M205: Advanced settings
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes M566 No Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No No No No
Sprinter / Marlin
Minimum travel speed = S[printing] T[travel]
B[min segment time] X[max XY jerk] Z[max Z jerk] E[max E jerk]
Sprinter / Marlin Example
M205 X30 Z5 ; Set X/Y Jerk to 30mm/s, Z jerk to 5mm/s

Smoothieware uses a different algorithm: [1]

X[xy junction deviation] Z[z junction deviation] S[minimum planner speed].
Z junction deviation only applies to z only moves
0 disables junction deviation for Z
-1 uses global junction deviation
Smoothie example
M205 X0.05  ; set X/Y Junction Deviation
M205 (Repetier): EEPROM Report
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Output EEPROM settings. Repetier Firmware only.

M206: Firmware dependent

M206: Offset axes
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No Yes No No No
Parameters
Xnnn X axis offset
Ynnn Y axis offset
Znnn Z axis offset
Example
M206 X10.0 Y10.0 Z-0.4

The values specified are added to the endstop position when the axes are referenced. The same can be achieved with a G92 right after homing (G28, G161).

With Marlin firmware, the current values can read from the machine with a bare M206 command and be saved to EEPROM using the M500 command. (See also M290: Babystepping)

A similar command is G10, aligning these two is subject to discussion.

With Marlin 1.0.0 RC2 a negative value for z lifts(!) your printhead.

In builds of RepRapFirmware that support CNC workplace coordinates, using this command is equivalent to using G10 L2 P1 to set the coordinate offsets for workplace 1.

M206 (Repetier): Set EEPROM value
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set a Repetier Firmware EEPROM value.

Parameters
T[type] Value type
P[pos] Value position
[S(long)] An integer value
[X(float)] A float value
Example
M206 T3 P39 X19.9 ; Set Jerk to 19.9

M207: Firmware dependent

M207: Set retract length
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No Yes No No Yes ???
Parameters
Snnn positive length to retract, in mm
Rnnn positive or negative additional length to un-retract, in mm (RepRapFirmware only)
Fnnn retraction feedrate, in mm/min
Tnnn feedrate for un-retraction if different from retraction, mm/min (RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later only)
Znnn additional zlift/hop
Example
M207 S4.0 F2400 Z0.075

Set the retract length used by the G10 and G11 commands. Units are in mm regardless of M200 setting.

Machinekit uses different parameters and speed units for M207. Use P to set retract length in mm. Use Q to set retract velocity in mm/s. For firmware retraction Machinekit uses G22 and G23 in place of G10 and G11.

M207 Calibrate Z axis with Z max endstop
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use G1 S3 ... ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M207

After placing the tip of the nozzle in the position you expect to be considered Z=0, issue this command to calibrate the Z axis. It will perform a z axis homing routine and calculate the distance traveled in this process. The result is stored in EEPROM as z_max_length. For using this calibration method the machine must be using a Z MAX endstop.

This procedure is usually more reliable than mechanical adjustments of a Z MIN endstop.

M207 (Repetier): Set jerk without saving to EEPROM
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No M566 ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No ??? No ??? No No ??? No No

Repetier Firmware only. Change the maximum instantaneous speed change ("jerk") values, but don't store the change in EEPROM.

Since Repetier 0.91 December 2013 [2] (if not earlier)

Parameters
Xnnn Temporarily set XY jerk in mm/s
Znnn Temporarily set Z jerk in mm/s
Ennn Temporarily set Extruder jerk in mm/s
Example
M207 X10  ; Change the X/Y Jerk to 10mm/s

M208: Firmware dependent

M208: Set unretract length
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M207 ??? Yes ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn positive length surplus to the M207 Snnn, in mm
Fnnn feedrate, in mm/sec

Sets the "recover" (aka "unretract") length.

M208 (RepRapFirmware): Set axis max travel
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn 0 = set axis maximum (default), 1 = set axis minimum
Xnnn X axis limit
Ynnn Y axis limit
Znnn Z axis limit
Example
M208 X200 Y200 Z90 ; set axis maxima
M208 X-5 Y0 Z0 S1 ; set axis minima

The values specified set the software limits for axis travel in the specified direction. The axis limits you set are also the positions assumed when an endstop is triggered.

M209: Enable automatic retract

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No

With automatic retract detection, G-code generated by slicers without G10/G11 support can take advantage of Firmware Retraction. The firmware converts E-only moves into retract/recover moves, using the firmware's tuned lengths and feedrates in place of the original E moves.

Example
M209 S1

The S parameter turns Automatic Retract Detection on (1) or off (0).

M210: Set homing feedrates

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M210 X1000 Y1500

Set the feedrates used for homing to the values specified in mm per minute.

M211: Disable/Enable software endstops

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M564 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

The boolean value S 1=enable or 0=disable controls state of software endstop.

The boolean value X, Y or Z 1=max endstop or 0=min endstop selects which endstop is controlled.

Example
M211 X1 Y1 Z1 S0

Disables X,Y,Z max endstops

Example
M211 X0 S1

Enables X min endstop

Example
M211

Prints current state of software endstops.

M212: Set Bed Level Sensor Offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Partial* Use G31 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

This G-Code command is known to be available in the newer versions of PrintrBot's branch of Marlin. It may not be available in other firmware.

Example
M212 Z-0.2

Set the Z home to 0.2 mm lower than where the sensor says Z home is. This is extremely useful when working with printers with hard-to-move sensors, like the PrintrBot Metal Plus.

PrintrBot suggests that the user make minor (0.1-0.2) adjustments between attempts and immediately executes M500 & M501 after setting this.

M214: Set Arc configuration values

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Usage
M214 [P] [S] [N] [R] [F]
Parameters
Pnnn A float representing the max and default millimeters per arc segment. Must be greater than 0.
Snnn A float representing the minimum allowable millimeters per arc segment. Set to 0 to disable
Nnnn An int representing the number of arcs to draw before correcting the small angle approximation. Set to 0 to disable.
Rnnn An int representing the minimum number of segments per arcs of any radius, except when the results in segment lengths greater than or less than the minimum and maximum segment length. Set to 0 to disable.
Fnnn An int representing the number of segments per second, unless this results in segment lengths greater than or less than the minimum and maximum segment length. Set to 0 to disable.

Prusa Firmware for MK3S/+, MK2.5/S only!

M217: Toolchange Parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use tool change files ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

If arguments are given, sets tool-change retract and prime length (mm), prime feedrate (mm/min), retract feedrate (mm/min), and park position/raise (mm) or Z raise (mm): S<length> P<prime_speed> R<retract_speed> X<xpos> Y<ypos> Z<zraise>. XY arguments require SINGLENOZZLE_SWAP_PARK. If no arguments are given, reports current values. Currently used to set the SINGLENOZZLE tool-change options in Marlin 2.0 and up. May be extended for other tool-changing systems in the future.

M218: Set Hotend Offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use G10 ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

Sets hotend offset (in mm): T<extruder_number> X<offset_on_X> Y<offset_on_Y>.

Example
M218 T1 X50 Y0.5

M220: Set speed factor override percentage

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes Yes No ???
Parameters
Snnn Speed factor override percentage (0..100 or higher)
Example
M220 S80

Sets the speed factor override percentage.

M221: Set extrude factor override percentage

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes Yes No ???
Parameters
Snnn Extrude factor override percentage (0..100 or higher), default 100%
Dnnn Extruder drive number (RepRapFirmware only), default 0
Example
M221 S70
M221 S95 D1

Sets extrude factor override percentage. In the case of RepRapFirmware, sets the extrusion factor percentage for the specified extruder drive only.

M220: Turn off AUX V1.0.5

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M221: Turn on AUX V1.0.5

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M222: Set speed of fast XY moves

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M223: Set speed of fast Z moves

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M224: Enable extruder during fast moves

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M225: Disable on extruder during fast moves

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No No No No No ???

M226: G-code Initiated Pause

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No Yes No Yes No No No ???
Example
M226

Initiates a synchronous pause (pauses after all previous commands from the same stream have been completed). That is, program execution is stopped and the printer waits for user interaction. This matches the behaviour of M1 in the NIST RS274NGC G-code standard and M0 in Marlin firmware.

M226: Wait for pin state

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes see M577 ??? Yes ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn pin number
Snnn pin state
Example
M226 P2 S1

Wait for a pin to be in some state.

M227: Enable Automatic Reverse and Prime

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M227 P1600 S1600

P and S are steps.

"Reverse and Prime" means, the extruder filament is retracted some distance when not in use and pushed forward the same amount before going into use again. This shall help to prevent drooling of the extruder nozzle. Teacup firmware implements this with M101/M103.

M228: Disable Automatic Reverse and Prime

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M228

See also M227.

M229: Enable Automatic Reverse and Prime

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M229 P1.0 S1.0

P and S are extruder screw rotations. See also M227.

M230: Disable / Enable Wait for Temperature Change

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M230 S1

S1 Disable wait for temperature change S0 Enable wait for temperature change

M231: Set OPS parameter

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
M231 S[OPS_MODE] X[Min_Distance] Y[Retract] Z[Backslash] F[RetractMove]

M232: Read and reset max. advance values

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???

M240: Trigger camera

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No1 ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M240

Triggers a camera to take a photograph. (Add to your per-layer G-code.)

Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

M240: Start conveyor belt motor / Echo off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Debug: Echo off No ???
Example
M240

The conveyor belt allows to start mass production of a part with a reprap.

Echoing may be controlled in some firmwares with M111.

M241: Stop conveyor belt motor / echo on

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No Debug: Echo on No ???
Example
M241

Echoing may be controlled in some firmwares with M111.

M245: Start cooler

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M106 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M245

used to cool parts/heated-bed down after printing for easy remove of the parts after print

M246: Stop cooler

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M106 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M246

M250: Set LCD contrast

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M918 ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Example
M250 C20

Sets LCD contrast C<contrast value> (value 0..63), if available.

M256: Set LCD brightness

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.9.3 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M256 B128

Set the LCD brightness B<brightness value> (value 0..255), if available.

M251: Measure Z steps from homing stop (Delta printers)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Examples
M251 S0 ; Reset
M251 S1 ; Print
M251 S2 ; Store to Z length (also EEPROM if enabled)

(This is a Repetier-Firmware only feature.)

M260: i2c Send Data

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ 1.21+ ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Buffer and send data over the i2c bus. Use A to set the address from 0-127. Add up to 32 bytes to the buffer with each B. Send and reset the buffer with S.

Parameters (Marlin, MK4duo)
Ann I2C address
Bnn Byte to buffer or send
S If present, sends the bytes that have been buffered
Examples
M260 A5 B65 S ; Send 'A' to Address 5 now
M260 A0       ; Set address to 0 (broadcast)
M260 B77  ; M
M260 B97  ; a
M260 B114 ; r
M260 B108 ; l
M260 B105 ; i
M260 B110 ; n
M260 S1   ; Send the current buffer
Parameters (RepRapFirmware)
Ann I2C address
Bnn:nn:nn... Bytes to send
Snn Number of bytes to receive (optional, RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later)
Examples
M260 A5 B65                    ; Send 'A' to address 5
M260 A"0x7F" B65               ; Send 'A' to address 7F (hex)
M260 A0 B82:101:112:82:97:112  ; Send 'RepRap' to address 0

RepRapFirmware does not use the S parameter, instead the address and all the bytes to send are specified in a single command.

M261: i2c Request Data

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ 1.21+ ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Request data (synchronously) from an i2c slave device. This command in basic form simply relays the received data to the host.

Parameters
Ann I2C address
Bnn How many bytes to request
Snn (Marlin 2.0.9.3) Style of output: 0 = Raw (default), 1 = Bytes (hex), 2 = 1-2 byte (integer), 3 = Bytes (decimal)
Example
M261 A99 B5    ; Request/get 5 bytes from Address 99 and print them as-is.
M261 A32 B7 S1 ; Request/get 7 bytes from Address 32 and print them as space-delimited hex bytes.

Both M260 and M261 are commands demonstrating use of the i2c bus (TWIBus class) in Marlin Firmware. Developers and vendors can make Marlin an i2c master device by enabling EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS, and Marlin can act as a slave device by setting I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS from 8-127. This class can be used to divide up processing responsibilities between multiple instances of Marlin running on multiple boards. For example, one board might control a Z axis with 4 independent steppers to create a self-leveling system, or a second board could drive the graphical display while the first board handles printing.

M280: Set servo position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.16+ ??? No1 ??? Use M340 No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes Yes No No ???

Set servo position absolute.

Parameters
Pnnn Servo index
Snnn Angle or microseconds
I1 Invert polarity (RepRapFirmware only)
Example
M280 P1 S50

Marlin and RepRapFirmware treat S values below 200 as angles, and 200 or greater as the pulse width in microseconds.

In RepRapFirmware, the servo index is the same as the pin number for the M42 command. See https://duet3d.com/wiki/Using_servos_and_controlling_unused_I/O_pins for details.

RepRapFirmware supports the optional I1 parameter, which if present causes the polarity of the servo pulses to be inverted compared to normal for that output pin. The I parameter is not remembered between M280 commands (unlike the I parameter in M106 commands), so if you need inverted polarity then you must include I1 in every M280 command you send.

Duet 0.8.5 M280 P value to Expansion Port Pin Mapping
P Name Expansion Port Pin
Use M307 H# A-1 C-1 D-1 before using these pins
3 PC23_PWML6 21
4 PC22_PWML5 22
5 PC21_PWML4 23

On the Duet 0.6, pin 18 is controlled by heater 2. On the 0.8.5, pin 18 is controlled by heater 6, but is also shared with fan1. In order to use this pin, the fan must be disabled (M106 P1 I-1). See Using servos and controlling unused I/O pins

Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

M281: Set Servo Angles

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set the angles for a servo's deployed (or selected) and stowed (or unselected) states. To activate this command in Marlin enable the EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES option.

Parameters
P[index] - Servo Index
L[angle] - Deployed / Selected Angle
U[angle] - Stowed / Unselected Angle
Example
M281 P0 L30 U90

M282: Detach Servo

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.9.2 No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Detach servo. This disables the servo until its next move. To activate this command in Marlin enable the SERVO_DETACH_GCODE option.

Parameters
Pnnn Servo index
Example
M282 P1

M290: Babystepping

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.7+ 1.18+ ??? No ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters (RepRapFirmware)
Snnn Amount to baby step Z in mm. Positive values raise the head, negative values lower it.
Xnnn, Ynnn, ... Amount to baby step other axes in mm (optional, supported in later RepRapFirmware versions)
Znnn Synonym for S (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Rn (Optional, RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later) R1 = relative (add to any existing babystep amount, the default), R0 = absolute (set babystepping offset to the specified amount)
Examples
M290 S0.05  ; babystep the head up 0.05mm
M290 R0 S0  ; clear babystepping (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later only)
Parameters (Repetier)
Znnn Amount to baby step in mm. Positive values raise the head, negative values lower it.
Examples
M290 S0.05  ; babystep the head up 0.05mm
Additional Parameters (Marlin 1.1.7 and later)
Xnnn Amount to babystep X in current units. (Requires BABYSTEP_XY)
Ynnn Amount to babystep Y in current units. (Requires BABYSTEP_XY)
Znnn Amount to babystep Z in current units. Synonym for 'S' parameter.
Example
M290 X0.2 Z0.05 ; Babystep X by 0.2mm, Z by 0.05mm

This command tells the printer to move the axis (or axes) transparently to the motion system. This is like physically moving the axes by force, but much nicer to the machine.

In RepRapFirmware M290 with no parameters reports the accumulated baby stepping offset. Marlin doesn't track accumulated babysteps.

In RepRapFirmware 1.19 and earlier, the babystepping offset is reset to zero when the printer is homed or the bed is probed. In RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later, homing and bed probing don't reset babystepping, but you can reset it explicitly using M290 R0 S0.

Note: If the BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET option is used in Marlin, this command also affects the Z probe offset (as set by M851) and that offset will be saved to EEPROM.

M291: Display message and optionally wait for response

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Parameters
P"message" The message to display, which must be enclosed in double quotation marks. If the message itself contains a double quotation mark, use two double quotation marks to represent it.
R"message" Optional title for the message box. Must be enclosed in double quotation marks too.
Sn Message box mode (defaults to 1)
Tn Timeout in seconds, only legal for S=0 and S=1. The message will be cancelled after this amount of time, if the user does not cancel it before then. A zero or negative value means that the message does not time out (it may still be cancelled by the user if it has a Close button). In RepRapFirmware, the default timeout for messages that do not require acknowledgement is 10 seconds.
Zn 0 = no special action, 1 = display Z jog buttons alongside the message to allow the user to adjust the height of the print head
Examples
M291 P"Please do something and press OK when done" S2
M291 P"This message will be closed after 10 seconds" T10

This command provides a more flexible alternative to M117, in particular messages that time out, messages that suspend execution until the user acknowledges them, and messages that allow the user to adjust the height of the print head before acknowledging them.

Allowed message box modes include:

0. No buttons are displayed (non-blocking)
1. Only "Close" is displayed (non-blocking)
2. Only "OK" is displayed (blocking, send M292 to resume the execution)
3. "OK" and "Cancel" are displayed  (blocking, send M292 to resume the execution or M292 P1 to cancel the operation in progress)

The combination S0 T0 is not permitted, because that would generate a message box with no close button and that never times out, which would lock up the user interface.

Duet Web Control 2.0.3 and later supports HTML in the message body.

M292: Acknowledge message

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn Whether the current operation shall be cancelled. Only legal if M291 was called with S=3 (optional)

This command is sent by the user interface when the user acknowledges a message that was displayed because of a M291 command with parameter S=2 or S=3.

M293: Babystep Z+

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.3 No No No No No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Babystep Z upward by one increment according to settings. Requires EP_BABYSTEPPING. With `EMERGENCY_PARSER` babystepping is asynchronous and doesn't rely on the queue.

M294: Babystep Z-

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.3 No No No No No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Babystep Z downward by one increment according to settings. Requires EP_BABYSTEPPING. With `EMERGENCY_PARSER` babystepping is asynchronous and doesn't rely on the queue.

M300: Play beep sound

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Needs macro2 Yes1 ??? Yes No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes No No No Yes
Parameters
Snnn frequency in Hz
Pnnn duration in milliseconds
Vnnn volume in rage 0 - 1
Example
M300 S300 P1000

Play beep sound, use to notify important events like the end of printing. R2C2 electronics.

If an LCD device is attached to RepRapFirmware, a sound is played via the add-on touch screen control panel. Else the web interface will play a beep sound.

Notes

1In Prusa Firmware the defaults are 100Hz and 1000ms, so that M300 without parameters will beep for a second.

2Klipper does not support M300 by default, however it can be easily added as a G-code macro

M301: Set PID parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes See M130-M133 No ???
Parameters
Hnnn heater number (Smoothie uses 'S', Redeem uses 'E')
Pnnn proportional (Kp)
Innn integral (Ki)
Dnnn derivative (Kd)
Examples
M301 H1 P1 I2 D3 ; Marlin, RepRapFirmware
M301 S0 P30 I10 D10 ; Smoothie
M301 E0 P30 I10 D10 ; Redeem (E = Extruder, -1=Bed, 0=E, 1=H, 2=A, 3=B, 4=C, default = 0)

Sets Proportional (P), Integral (I) and Derivative (D) values for hot end. See also PID Tuning.

MK4duo

H[heaters] H = 0-5 Hotend, H = -1 BED, H = -2 CHAMBER, H = -3 COOLER

Marlin

Hot end only; see M304 for bed PID. H is the heater number, default 1 (i.e. first extruder heater).

RepRapFirmware 1.15 onwards

In RepRapFirmware 1.15 and later the M301 is supported as described above, but it is not normally used. Instead the heater model is defined by M307 or found by auto tuning, and the firmware calculates the PID parameters from the model. An M301 command can be used in config.g after the M307 command for that heater to override the firmware-computed PID parameters.

RepRapFirmware 1.09 to 1.14 inclusive
  • H Is the heater number, and is compulsory. H0 is the bed, H1 is the first hot end, H2 the second etc.
  • P Interprets a negative P term as indicating that bang-bang control should be used instead of PID (not recommended for the hot end, but OK for the bed heater).
  • I Integral value
  • D Derivative value
  • T Is the approximate additional PWM (on a scale of 0 to 255) needed to maintain temperature, per degree C above room temperature. Used to preset the I-accumulator when switching from heater fully on/off to PID.
  • S PWM scaling factor, to allow for variation in heater power and supply voltage. Is designed to allow a correction to be made for a change in heater power and/or power supply voltage without having to change all the other parameters. For example, an S factor of 0.8 means that the final output of the PID controller should be scaled to 0.8 times the standard value, which would compensate for a heater that is 25% more powerful than the standard one or a supply voltage that is 12.5% higher than standard.
  • W Wind-up. Sets the maximum value of I-term, must be high enough to reach 245C for ABS printing.
  • B PID Band. Errors larger than this cause heater to be on or off.

An example using all of these would be:

M301 H1 P20 I0.5 D100 T0.4 S1 W180 B30
Smoothie

S0 is 0 for the hotend, and 1 for the bed, other numbers may apply to your configuration, depending on the order in which you declare temperature control modules.

Other implementations

W: Wind-up. Sets the maximum value of I-term, so it does not overwhelm other PID values, and the heater stays on. (Check firmware support - Sprinter, Marlin?)

Example
M301 W125
Teacup

See M130, M131, M132, M133 for Teacup's codes for setting the PID parameters.

M302: Allow cold extrudes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes1 ??? Yes ??? 0.92+ No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn Cold extrude minimum temperature (also in RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later)
Pnnn Cold extrude allow state (RepRapFirmware)
Rnnn Cold retraction minimum temperature (RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later)
Examples (RepRapFirmwre)
M302       ; Report current state
M302 P1    ; Allow cold extrusion
M302 S120 R110 ; Allow extrusion starting from 120°C and retractions already from 110°C
Examples (Others)
M302 S0    ; Allow extrusion at any temperature
M302 S170  ; Allow extrusion above 170

This tells the printer to allow movement of the extruder motor above a certain temperature, or if disabled, to allow extruder movement when the hotend is below a safe printing temperature.

Notes

1RepRapFirmware uses the P[0|1] parameter instead of S[temperature], and for M302 with no parameters it will report the current cold extrusion state.

M303: Run PID tuning

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.15+ ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No Yes No No ???

PID Tuning refers to a control algorithm used in some repraps to tune heating behavior for hot ends and heated beds. This command generates Proportional (Kp), Integral (Ki), and Derivative (Kd) values for the hotend or bed (E-1). Send the appropriate code and wait for the output to update the firmware.

Hot end usage:

M303 S<temperature> C<cycles>

Bed usage (repetier, not sure whether cycles work here):

M303 P1 S<temperature>

Bed usage (others):

M303 E-1 C<cycles> S<temperature>
Example
M303 C8 S175

Smoothie's syntax, where E0 is the first temperature control module (usually the hot end) and E1 is the second temperature control module (usually the bed):

M303 E0 S190

In RepRapFirmware, this command computes the process model parameters (see M307), which are in turn used to calculate the PID constants. H is the heater number, P is the PWM to use (default 0.5), and S is the maximum allowable temperature (default 225). Tuning is performed asynchronously. Run M303 with no parameters to see the current tuning state or the last tuning result.

Example
M303 H1 P0.4 S240 ; tune heater 1 using 40% PWM, quit if temperature exceeds 240C
Notes

In Marlin Firmware you can add the U1 parameter to apply the PID results to current settings upon completion.

M304: Set PID parameters - Bed

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? ??? M301 ??? M301
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnn proportional (Kp)
Innn integral (Ki)
Dnnn derivative (Kd)
Examples
M304 P1 I2 D3 ; set kP=3, kI=2, kD=3
M304 P1 I2 D3 T0.7 B20 W127 ; RepRapFirmware
M304          ; Report parameters

Sets Proportional, Integral and Derivative values for bed. RepRapFirmware interprets a negative P term as indicating that bang-bang control should be used instead of PID. In RepRapFirmware, this command is identical to M301 except that the H parameter (heater number) defaults to zero.

See also PID Tuning.

M304 in RepRapPro version of Marlin: Set thermistor values

In the RepRapPro version of Marlin ( https://github.com/reprappro/Marlin ) M304 is used to set thermistor values (as M305 is in later firmwares). RRP Marlin calculates temperatures on the fly, rather than using a temperature table. M304 Sets the parameters for temperature measurement.

Example
M304 H1 B4200 R4800 T100000

This tells the firmware that for heater 1 (H parameter: 0 = heated bed, H = first extruder), the thermistor beta (B parameter) is 4200, the thermistor series resistance (R parameter) is 4.8Kohms, the thermistor 25C resistance (T parameter) is 100Kohms. All parameters other than H are optional. If only the H parameter is given, the currently-used values are displayed. They are also displayed within the response to M503.

M305: Set thermistor and ADC parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? ??? Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Heater number, or virtual heater number
S"name" Heater name (optional, RepRapFirmware only)
Tnnn (for thermistor sensors) Thermistor resistance at 25oC
T"c" (for MAX31856-based thermocouple sensors) The thermistor type letter, default K
Bnnn Beta value, or the reciprocal of the Steinhart-Hart thermistor model B coefficient
Cnnn Steinhart-Hart C coefficient (MK4duo and RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later), default 0
Rnnn Series resistor value
Lnnn ADC low offset correction, default 0
Hnnn ADC high offset correction, default 0
Xnnn Heater ADC channel, or thermocouple or PT100 or current loop adapter channel, defaults to the same value as the P parameter
Fnn (where nn is 50 or 60) If the sensor interface uses a MAX31856 thermocouple chip or MAX31865 PT100 chip, this is the local mains frequency. Readings will be timed to optimise rejection of interference at this frequency.
Example
M305 P1 T100000 R1000 B4200

Sets the parameters for temperature measurement. The example above tells the firmware that for heater 1 (P parameter: 0 = heated bed, 1 = first extruder) the thermistor 25C resistance (T parameter) is 100Kohms, the thermistor series resistance (R parameter) is 1Kohms, the thermistor beta (B parameter) is 4200. All parameters other than P are optional. If only the P parameter is given, the existing values are displayed.

Example
M305 P1 T100000 R1000 B4200 H14 L-11 X2

The H correction affects the reading at high ADC input voltages, so it has the greatest effect at low temperatures. The L correction affects the reading at low input voltages, which correspond to high temperatures.

The X parameter tells the firmware to use the thermistor input corresponding to a different heating channel. RepRapFirmware also allow an external SPI thermocouple interface (such as the MAX31855) or PT100 interface (MAX31865) to be configured. MAX31855 thermocouple channels are numbered from 100, MAX31856 thermocouple channels are numbered from 150, PT100 channels from 200 and current loop channels from 300. Channel 1000 is the CPU temperature indication, 1001 is the temperature of the hottest stepper motor driver on the main board, and 1001 is the temperature of the hottest drivers on the expansion board.

In the above example, the ADC high end correction (H parameter) is 14, the ADC low end correction (L parameter) is -11, and thermistor input #2 is used to measure the temperature of heater #1.

M306: Set home offset calculated from toolhead position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M306 Z0

The values specified are added to the calculated end stop position when the axes are referenced. The calculated value is derived from the distance of the toolhead from the current axis zero point.

The user would typically place the toolhead at the zero point of the axis and issue the M306 command.

This value can be saved to EEPROM using the M500 command (as M206 value).

Implemented in Smoothieware

M307: Set or report heating process parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.15+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Hn Heater number (0 is usually the bed heater)
Annn gAin, expressed as ultimate temperature rise obtained in degC divided by the PWM fraction. For example, if G=180 then at 50% PWM the ultimate temperature rise would be 90C.
Cnnn dominant time Constant of the heating process in seconds
Dnnn Dead time in seconds
Four optional additional parameters help control the heating process
Fnnn PWM frequency to use (not supported in RepRapFirmware 3, use M950 instead).
Bn selects Bang-bang control instead of PID if non-zero. Default at power-up is 0 for extruder heaters, 1 for bed and chamber heaters.
Snnn maximum PWM to be used used with this heater on a scale of 0 to 1. Default 1.0.
Vnnn VIN supply voltage at which the A parameter was calibrated (RepRapFirmware 1.20 and later). This allows the PID controller to compensate for changes in supply voltage. A value of zero (the default) disables compensation for changes in supply voltage.
Examples
M307 H0 ; report the process parameters for heater 0
M307 H1 A346.2 C140 D5.3 B0 S0.8 V23.8 ; set process parameters for heater 1, use PID, and limit heater 1 PWM to 80%

Each heater and its corresponding load may be approximated as a first order process with dead time, which is characterised by the gain, time constant and dead time parameters. The model can used to calculate optimum PID parameters, using different values for the heating or cooling phase and the steady state phase. It is also used to better detect heater faults. In future it may be used to calculate feed-forward terms to better respond to changes in the load. Normally these model parameters are found by auto tuning - see M303.

RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later allow the PID controller for a heater to be disabled by setting the A, C, and D parameters to -1. This frees up the corresponding heater control pin for use as a general purpose I/O pin to use with the M42 or M280 command. In RepRapFirmware 3, M950 should be used to free up the pin instead.

M308: Set or report sensor parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Common Parameters
Sn Sensor number
P"pin_name" The name of the control board pin that this sensor uses. For thermistors it is the thermistor input pin name. For sensors connected to the SPI bus it is the name of the output pin used as the chip select.
Y"sensor_type" The sensor and interface type, e.g. "thermistor", "pt1000", "rtdmax31865", "max31855", "max31856", "linear-analog", "dht22-temp", "dht22-humidity", "current-loop-pyro"
A"name" Sensor name (optional), displayed in the web interface
Additional parameters for thermistors
Tnnn (for thermistor sensors) Thermistor resistance at 25oC
Bnnn Beta value, or the reciprocal of the Steinhart-Hart thermistor model B coefficient
Cnnn Steinhart-Hart C coefficient, default 0
Rnnn Series resistor value
Lnnn ADC low offset correction, default 0 (ignored if the hardware supports automatic ADC gain and offset calibration)
Hnnn ADC high offset correction, default 0 (ignored if the hardware supports automatic ADC gain and offset calibration)
Additional parameters for PT1000 sensors
Rnnn Series resistor value
Lnnn ADC low offset correction, default 0 (ignored if the hardware supports automatic ADC gain and offset calibration)
Hnnn ADC high offset correction, default 0 (ignored if the hardware supports automatic ADC gain and offset calibration)
Additional parameters for MAX31856-based thermocouple sensors
T"c" The thermistor type letter, default K
Fnn (where nn is 50 or 60) The local mains frequency. Readings will be timed to optimise rejection of interference at this frequency.
Additional parameters for MAX31865-based PT100 sensors
Rnnn Series resistor value
Fnn (where nn is 50 or 60) The local mains frequency. Readings will be timed to optimise rejection of interference at this frequency.
Additional parameters for linear analog sensors
Fn F0 = unfiltered (fast response), F1 = filtered (slower response, but noise reduced and ADC oversampling used to increase resolution)
Lnnn The temperature or other value when the ADC output is zero
Hnnn The temperature or other value when the ADC output is full scale

This code replaces M305 in RepRapFirmware 3. In earlier versions of RepRapFirmware, sensors only existed in combination with heaters, which necessitated the concept of a "virtual heater" to represent a sensor with no associated heater (e.g. MCU temperature sensor). RepRapFirmware 3 allows sensors to be defined independently of heaters. The association between heaters and sensors is defined using M950.

M308 can be used in the following ways:

M308 Snn Y"type" P"pin" [other parameters] ; delete sensor nn if it exists, create a new one with default settings, and configure it using the other parameters
M308 Snn ; report the settings of sensor nn
M308 A"name" ; report the settings of the first sensor named "name"
M308 Snn [any other parameters except Y] ; amend the settings of sensor nn

Sensor type names obey the same rules as pin names, i.e. case is not significant, neither are hyphen and underscore characters.

M309: Set or report heater feedforward

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn Tool number
Saaa:bbb:ccc... Feedforward coefficients. The number of coefficients provided must equal the number of heaters configured for the tool when it was created (see M563).

If the P parameter is not provided, the current tool is assumed. If the S parameter is not provided, the existing coefficients are reported.

The units of S are PWM fraction (on a scale of 0 to 1) per mm/sec of filament forward movement.

M310: Temperature model settings

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M310  ; report values
M310 [ A ]  ; autotune C+R values
M310 [ F ]  ; force model self-test state
M310 [ S ]  ; set 0=disable 1=enable
M310 [ I ] [ R ]  ; set resistance at index
M310 [ P | C ]  ; set power, capacitance
M310 [ B | E | W ]  ; set beeper, warning and error threshold
M310 [ T ]  ; set ambient temperature correction
Parameters
A autotune C+R values
F force model self-test state (0=off 1=on) during autotune using current values
Snnn set 0=disable 1=enable
Innn resistance index position (0-15)
Rnnn resistance value at index (K/W; requires :Innn)
Pnnn power (W)
Cnnn capacitance (J/K)
Bnnn beep and warn when reaching warning threshold 0=disable 1=enable (default: 1)
Ennn error threshold (K/s; default in variant)
Wnnn' warning threshold (K/s; default in variant)
Tnnn ambient temperature correction (K; default in variant)

Prusa Firmware for MK3S/+, MK2.5/S only!

M320: Activate autolevel (Repetier)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M320
M320 S1
Parameters
Snnn if greater than 0, activate and store persistently in EEPROM
Examples
M320    ; temporarily activate auto leveling
M320 S1 ; permanently activate auto leveling

Parameter Snnn is optional.

(Repetier only)

M321: Deactivate autolevel (Repetier)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M321
M321 S1
Parameters
Snnn if greater than 0, deactivate and store persistently in EEPROM
Examples
M321    ; temporarily deactivate auto leveling
M321 S1 ; permanently deactivate auto leveling

Parameter Snnn is optional.

(Repetier only)

M322: Reset autolevel matrix (Repetier)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M322
M322 S1
Parameters
Snnn if greater than 0, also reset the matrix values saved EEPROM
Examples
M322    ; temporarily reset auto level matrix
M322 S1 ; permanently reset auto level matrix

Parameter Snnn is optional.

(Repetier only)

M323: Distortion correction on/off (Repetier)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M323
M323 Snnn
M323 Snnn Pnnn
Parameters
Snnn 0 (disable correction) or 1 (enable correction)
Pnnn 1 (store correction state persistently in EEPROM)
Examples
M323       ; Show if distortion correction is enabled
M323 S0    ; Disable distortion correction temporarily
M323 S1 P1 ; Enable distortion correction permanently

(Repetier only) Controls distortion correction feature after having set it up using G33.

M340: Control the servos

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

(Repetier only ,Marlin see M280)

M340 P<servoId> S<pulseInUS> / ServoID = 0..3 pulseInUs = 500..2500

Servos are controlled by a pulse width normally between 500 and 2500 with 1500ms in center position. 0 turns servo off.

M350: Set microstepping mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No

Sets microstepping mode.

Warning: Steps per unit remains unchanged; except that in RepRapFirmware the steps/mm will be adjusted automatically.

Usage
M350 Snn Xnn Ynn Znn Enn Bnn
Parameters
Not all parameters need to be used, but at least one should be used. As with other commands, RepRapFirmware reports the current settings if no parameters are used.
Snn Set stepping mode for all drivers (not supported by RepRapFirmware)
Xnn Set stepping mode for the X axis
Ynn Set stepping mode for the Y axis
Znn Set stepping mode for the Z axis
Enn Set stepping mode for Extruder 0 (for RepRapFirmware use Enn:nn:nn etc. for multiple extruders)
Bnn Set stepping mode for Extruder 1 (not supported by RepRapFirmware, see above)
Inn Enable (nn=1) or disable (nn=0) microstep interpolation mode for the specified drivers, if they support it (RepRapFirmware only)
Modes (nn)
1 = full step
2 = half step
4 = quarter step
8 = 1/8 step
16 = 1/16 step
64 = 1/64 step
128 = 1/128 step
256 = 1/256 step
Examples
M350 S16    ; reset all drivers to the default 1/16 micro-stepping - not supported by RepRapFirmware
M350 Z1     ; set the Z-axis' driver to use full steps
M350 E4 B4  ; set both extruders to use quarter steps - Marlin/Repetier
M350 E4:4:4 ; set extruders 0-2 to use quarter steps - RepRapFirmware

M351: Toggle MS1 MS2 pins directly

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Example
M351

M355: Turn case lights on/off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0+ No ??? No ??? 0.92.2+ No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No use M106 No ???
Examples
M355 S1 ; Enable lights
M355 S0 ; Disable lights
M355    ; Report status
M355 P0 ; Turn light off
M355 P128 ; Turn light on with half power
M355 P255 ; Turn light on with full power


Every call or change over LCD menu sends a state change for connected hosting software like:

Case lights on
Case lights off
No case lights

M360: Report firmware configuration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M503 No ??? M503 ??? 0.92.2+ No Yes No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No ???
Target

This command helps hosting software to detect configuration details, which the user would need to enter otherwise. It should reduce configuration time considerably if supported.

Example
M360
Response
Config:Baudrate:250000
Config:InputBuffer:127
Config:NumExtruder:2
Config:MixingExtruder:0
Config:HeatedBed:0
Config:SDCard:1
Config:Fan:1
Config:LCD:1
Config:SoftwarePowerSwitch:1
Config:XHomeDir:-1
Config:YHomeDir:-1
Config:ZHomeDir:-1
Config:SupportG10G11:1
Config:SupportLocalFilamentchange:1
Config:CaseLights:0
Config:ZProbe:1
Config:Autolevel:0
Config:EEPROM:1
Config:PrintlineCache:24
Config:JerkXY:30.00
Config:JerkZ:0.30
Config:RetractionLength:3.00
Config:RetractionLongLength:13.00
Config:RetractionSpeed:40.00
Config:RetractionZLift:0.00
Config:RetractionUndoExtraLength:0.00
Config:RetractionUndoExtraLongLength:0.00
Config:RetractionUndoSpeed:0.00
Config:XMin:0.00
Config:YMin:0.00
Config:ZMin:0.00
Config:XMax:250.00
Config:YMax:150.00
Config:ZMax:90.00
Config:XSize:250.00
Config:YSize:150.00
Config:ZSize:90.00
Config:XPrintAccel:250.00
Config:YPrintAccel:250.00
Config:ZPrintAccel:100.00
Config:XTravelAccel:250.00
Config:YTravelAccel:250.00
Config:ZTravelAccel:100.00
Config:PrinterType:Cartesian
Config:MaxBedTemp:120
Config:Extr.1:Jerk:50.00
Config:Extr.1:MaxSpeed:100.00
Config:Extr.1:Acceleration:10000.00
Config:Extr.1:Diameter:0.00
Config:Extr.1:MaxTemp:220
Config:Extr.2:Jerk:50.00
Config:Extr.2:MaxSpeed:100.00
Config:Extr.2:Acceleration:10000.00
Config:Extr.2:Diameter:0.00
Config:Extr.2:MaxTemp:220

SCARA calibration codes (Morgan)

In order to ease calibration of Reprap Morgan, the following M-codes are used to set the machine up

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Partial No ??? No ??? No Yes No Partial
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No ??? No

M360: Move to Theta 0 degree position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

The arms move into a position where the Theta steering arm is parallel to the top platform edge. The user then calibrates the position by moving the arms with the jog buttons in software like pronterface until it is perfectly parallel. Using M114 will then display the calibration offset that can then be programmed into the unit using M206 (Home offset) X represents Theta.

Smoothieware: M360 P0 will take the current position as parallel to the platform edge, and store the offset in the homing trim offset (M666) No further user interaction is needed.

M361: Move to Theta 90 degree position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Theta move to 90 degrees with platform edge. User calibrates by using jog arms to place exactly 90 degrees. Steps per degree can then be read out by using M114, and programmed using M92. X represents Theta. Program Y (Psi) to the same value initially. Remember to repeat M360 after adjusting steps per degree.

Smoothieware: M360 P0 will accept the current position as 90deg to platform edge. New steps per angle is calculated and entered into memory (M92) No further user interaction is required, except to redo M360.

M362: Move to Psi 0 degree position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Arms move to Psi 0 degree. Check only after other Theta calibrations

M363: Move to Psi 90 degree position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Arms move to Psi 90 degree. Check only after other Theta calibrations

M364: Move to Psi + Theta 90 degree position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Move arms to form a 90 degree angle between the inner and outer Psi arms. Calibrate by moving until angle is exactly 90 degree. Read out with M114, and calibrate value into Home offset M206. Psi is represented by Y.

Smoothieware: M364 P0 will accept the current position as 90deg between arms. The offset is stored as a trim offset (M666) and no further user interaction is required except to save all changes via M500.

M365: SCARA scaling factor

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M579 ??? No ??? No Yes No Experimental
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Adjust X Y and Z scaling by entering the factor. 100% scaling (default) is represented by 1

M366: SCARA convert trim

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Executing this command translates the calculated trim values of the SCARA calibration to real home offsets. This prevents the home and trim movement after calibration.

M370: Morgan manual bed level - clear map

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M557 ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Clear the map and prepare for calibration

Usage
M370
M370 X[divisions] Y[divisions]

Without parameters is defaults to X5 Y5 (25 calibration points) When specifying parameters, uneven numbers are recommended.

M371: Move to next calibration position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

Move to the next position for calibration. User moves the bed towards the hotend until it just touches

M372: Record calibration value, and move to next position

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

The position of the bed is recorded and the machine moves to the next position. Repeat until all positions programmed


Headline text

M373: End bed level calibration mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

End calibration mode and enable z correction matrix. Does not save current matrix

M374: Save calibration grid

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.17+ ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

Saves the calibration grid.

Parameters
extension (Smoothieware only) Extension of the grid file
P"filename" (RepRapFirmware only) Name of the file to save to
Z (Smoothieware only) Also save the M206 Z homing offset into the grid file
Usage (Smoothieware)
M374
M374 <file extension> Z
Usage (RepRapFirmware)
M374
M374 P"MyAlternateHeightMap.csv"

In Smoothieware, without parameters this saves the grid into the default grid file that gets loaded at boot. The optional parameter specifies the extension of the grid file - useful for special grid files such as for a special print surface like a removable print plate. Addition of Z will additionally save the M206 Z homing offset into the grid file.

In RepRapFirmware, this saves the grid parameters and height map into the specified file, or the default file heightmap.csv if no filename was specified. To load the height map automatically at startup, use command M375 in the config.g file.

M375: Display matrix / Load Matrix

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.17+ ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

Displays the bed level calibration matrix (Marlin), or loads the grid matrix file (Smoothieware and RepRapFirmware)

Parameters
extension (Smoothieware only)
P"filename" (RepRapFirmware only)
Usage
M375
M375 [file extension] ; (Smoothieware only)
M375 P"MyAlternateHeightMap.csv" ; (RepRapFirmware only)

Without parameters loads default grid, and with specified extension or specified filename attempts to load the specified grid. If not available will not modify the current grid. In Smoothieware, if Z was saved with the grid file, it will load the saved Z with the grid.

M376: Set bed compensation taper

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M420Z 1.17+ ??? No ??? No Yes No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Hnnn Height (mm) over which to taper off the bed compensation
Example
M376 H10

This command specifies that bed compensation should be tapered off over the specified height, so that no bed compensation is applied at and above that height. If H is zero or negative then no tapering is applied, so compensation is performed throughout the entire print.

If the firmware does not adjust the extrusion amount to compensate for the changing layer height while tapering is being applied, you will get under- or over-extrusion. Using a large taper height will reduce this effect. For example, if the taper height is 50 times the largest bed height error, then under- or over-extrusion will be limited to 2%.

M380: Activate solenoid

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? ??? No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M380

Activates solenoid on active extruder.

M381: Disable all solenoids

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? ??? No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M381

M400: Wait for current moves to finish

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes Yes Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No Yes ??? use G4 No ???
Example
M400

Finishes all current moves and and thus clears the buffer. That's identical to G4 P0 for Teacup printers.

M401: Deploy Z Probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? ??? No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
P Probe number, default 0 (RepRapFirmware)
S Set BLTouch HS Mode (Marlin 2.0.9.3+ with BLTOUCH enabled.)
H Report current BLTouch HS Mode (Marlin 2.0.9.4+ with BLTOUCH enabled.)
Example
M401
M401 P1

Deploy the z-probe (if present). In RepRapFirmware this command runs the macro file sys/deployprobe#.g (where # is the probe number) if it exists, otherwise it runs sys/deployprobe.g if it exists.

M402: Stow Z Probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? ??? No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
P (RepRapFirmware only) Probe number, default 0
Example
M402
M402 P1

Raise z-probe if present. In RepRapFirmware this runs macro file sys/retractprobe#.g (where # is the probe number) if it exists, otherwise sys/retractprobe.g if it exists.

M403: Set filament type (material) for particular extruder and notify the MMU

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
E Extruder number
F Filament type

Currently three different materials are needed (default, flex and PVA).

And storing this information for different load/unload profiles etc. in the future firmware does not have to wait for "ok" from MMU.

M404: Filament diameter

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Nnnn Filament diameter (in mm)
Dnnn Nozzle diameter (in mm)1
Examples
M404 N1.75
M404 N3.0 D1.0

Specifies the nominal filament diameter (typically 3mm or 1.75mm) or displays the nominal filament diameter if no parameters are provided.

Notes

1While Marlin only accepts the 'N' parameter, older versions of RepRapFirmware allowed the nozzle diameter (in mm) to be specified via the 'D 'parameter. This value was used to help detect the first layer height when files are parsed. Newer version of RepRapFirmware ignore the D parameter.

M405: Filament Sensor on

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M591 ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M405

Turn on Filament Sensor extrusion control. Optional D<delay in cm> to set delay in centimeters between sensor and extruder.

M406: Filament Sensor off

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M591 ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M406

Turn off Filament Sensor extrusion control.

M407: Display filament diameter

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M407

Displays measured filament diameter. In RepRapFirmware, M407 does the same as M404.

M408: Report JSON-style response

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Deprecated ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command is deprecated in RepRapFirmware 3.3 and later. Support for it will be removed in a future release. Use M409 instead.

Parameters
Snnn Response type
Rnnn Response sequence number
Example
M408 S0

Report a JSON-style response by specifying the desired type using the 'S' parameter. The following response types are supported:

  • Type 0 is a short-form response, similar to the response used by older versions of the web interface.
  • Type 1 is like type 0 except that static values are also included.
  • Type 2 is similar to the response provided by the web server for Duet Web Control.
  • Type 3 is an extended version of type 2 which includes some additional parameters that aren't expected to change very frequently.
  • Type 4 is an extended version of type 2 which may be used to poll for current printer statistics.
  • Type 5 reports the current machine configuration.

Here is an example of a typical type 0 response:

{"status":"I","heaters":[25.0,29.0,28.3],"active":[-273.1,0.0,0.0],"standby":[-273.1,0.0,0.0],"hstat":[0,2,1],"pos":[-11.00,0.00,0.00],"extr":[0.0,0.0],
 "sfactor":100.00, "efactor":[100.00,100.00],"tool":1,"probe":"535","fanPercent":[75.0,0.0],"fanRPM":0,"homed":[0,0,0],"fraction_printed":0.572}

The response is set as a single line with a newline character at the end. The meaning of the fields is:

status:  I=idle, P=printing from SD card, S=stopped (i.e. needs a reset), C=running config file (i.e starting up), A=paused, D=pausing, R=resuming from a pause, B=busy (e.g. running a macro), F=performing firmware update
heaters: current heater temperatures, numbered as per the machine (typically, heater 0 is the bed)
active:  active temperatures of the heaters
standby: standby temperatures of the heaters
hstat:   status of the heaters, 0=off, 1=standby, 2=active, 3=heater fault. Heater 0 is normally the bed heater, heaters 1, 2.. are the extruder heaters.
pos:     the X, Y and Z (and U, V, W if present) axis positions of the current tool (if a tool is selected), or of the print head reference point if no tool is selected
extr:    the positions of the extruders
sfactor: the current speed factor (see M220 command)
efactor: the current extrusion factors (see M221 command), one value per extruder
tool:    the selected tool number. A negative number typically means no tool selected.
probe:   the Z-probe reading
fanPercent: the speeds of the controllable fans, in percent of maximum
fanRPM:  the print cooling fan RPM
homed:   the homed status of the X, Y and Z axes (and U, V, W if they exist), or towers on a delta. 0=axis has not been homed so position is not reliable, 1=axis has been homed so position is reliable.
fraction_printed: the fraction of the file currently being printed that has been read and at least partially processed.
message: the message to be displayed on the screen (only present if there is a message to display)
timesLeft: an array of the estimated remaining print times (in seconds) calculated by different methods. These are currently based on the proportion of the file read,
           the proportion of the total filament consumed, and the proportion of the total layers already printed. Only present if a print from SD card is in progress.
seq:     the sequence number of the most recent non-trivial G-code response or error message. Only present if the R parameter was provided and the current sequence number is greater than that.
resp:    the most recent non-trivial G-code response or error message. Only present if the R parameter was provided and the current sequence number is greater.

The type 1 response comprises these fields plus some additional ones that do not generally change and therefore do not need to be fetched as often. The extra fields include:

myName:  the name of the printer
firmwareName: the name of the firmware, e.g. "RepRapFirmware", "Smoothieware" or "Repetier"
geometry: one of "cartesian", "delta", "corexy, "corexz" etc.
axes:    the number of axes
volumes: the number of SD card slots available
numTools:   the number of available tools numbered contiguously starting from 0

The fields may be in any order in the response. Other implementations may omit fields and/or add additional fields.

For a more detailed comparison of type 2 - 5, see RepRap_Firmware_Status_responses.

PanelDue currently uses only M408 S0 and M408 S1.

M409: Query object model

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.01 and later ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
K"key" Key string, default empty
F"flags" Flags string, default empty
Examples
M409 K"move.axes" F"f"     ; report all frequently-changing properties of all axes
M409 K"move.axes[0] F"v"   ; report all properties of the first axis, including values not normally reported
M409 K"move.axes[].homed"  ; for all axes, report whether it is homed
M409 K"#move.axes"         ; report the number of axes
M408 F"f"                  ; report all values that are likely to have changed recently
M409 F"v"                  ; report the entire object model (caution, this may be very large!)

The key string is just the path to the Object Model (OM) variables wanted, with the following extensions:

  • An element that is an array may be followed by either [number] to select just one element, or by [] to select all elements and report the results as an array
  • The path may be preceded by # in which case the path must refer to an array and just the number of array elements is returned

An empty key string selects the entire object model.

The flags string may include one or more of the following:

d#: (depth) return the OM to depth d# where # is a sequence of digits. The default depth is 1 if the key is empty or not provided (because the returned object would be very large, perhaps too large to send), otherwise a large value (larger than the maximum depth of anything in the OM).
f: (frequent) return only those values in the object model that typically change frequently during a job. User interfaces can use M409 with this flag to stay up to date.
n: (null) include fields with null values (null fields are normally omitted, but null array elements are never omitted) 
v: (verbose) include values that are rarely needed and not normally returned (e.g. controller electronics and firmware limits)

The response is a JSON object of the following form:

{"key":"key","flag'":"flags","result":object-value}

The key and flags fields are as provided in the M409 command. If the key string is malformed or refers to a property that does not exist in the object model, the result field is null.

RepRapFirmware on network-enabled electronics also provides the same functionality via the rr_model call to the HTTP API.

M410: Quick-Stop

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0-RC2+ Use M112 ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No

This command does a quick stop of all stepper motors and aborts all moves in the planner. This command is only intended for emergency situations, and due to the instant stop the actual stepper positions may be shifted. Note that if `EMERGENCY_PARSER` is disabled, the response may be delayed while the command buffer is being queued. If a print job is in progress, it will continue, so it is important to suspend the print job before using this command.

M412: Disable Filament Runout Detection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0+ Use M591 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Enable or disable filament runout detection. When filament sensors are enabled, the firmware responds to a filament runout by running the configured G-code (usually M600 Filament Change). When filament runout detection is disabled, no action will be taken on filament runout.

Usage: M412 S[on|off]

If no 'S' parameter is given, this command reports the current state of filament runout detection.

Examples
M412 S1 Enable filament runout detection
M412 S0 Disable filament runout detection
M412 Report the current filament runout detection state

M413: Power-Loss Recovery

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0+ Use M911 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Enable or disable the Power-loss Recovery feature. When this feature is enabled, the state of the current print job (SD card only) will be saved to a file on the SD card. If the machine crashes or a power outage occurs, the firmware will present an option to Resume the interrupted print job. In Marlin 2.0 the POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY option must be enabled.

This feature operates without a power-loss detection circuit by writing to the recovery file periodically (e.g., once per layer), or if a POWER_LOSS_PIN is configured then it will write the recovery info only when a power-loss is detected. The latter option is preferred, since constant writing to the SD card can shorten its life, and the print will be resumed where it was interrupted rather than repeating the last layer. (Future implementations may allow use of the EEPROM or the on-board SD card.)

Usage: M413 S[on|off]

If no 'S' parameter is given, this command reports the current state of Power-loss Recovery.

Examples
M413 S1 Enable power-loss recovery
M413 S0 Disable power-loss recovery
M413 Report the current power-loss recovery state

M415: Host Rescue

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

The host rescue G-code is essential to enabling host software to recover from a lost connection or power loss. With this solution the firmware stores the last received coordinate and current position in EEPROM. Once the host reconnects, the firmware reports this recovery information. From the last-received coordinate the host can determine the last line that was processed. Firmware should move the extruder to a parking position if commands stop arriving during an active print job (with heaters still on). Once the host starts sending new commands the firmware should restore the last position. Host and firmware developers can work together to optimize this solution.

If the firmware supports this solution it should announce it with the capability: Cap:HOST_RESCUE:1

Examples
M415 S1 Enable host rescue system
M415 S0 Disable host rescue system
M415 Z[zpos] Set Z position as if homed
M415 Report rescue state

Every call to M415 reports the state. Answers are

RESCUE_STATE: OFF

Nothing stored. Print finished.

RESCUE_STATE: LX:121.97 LY:143.33 LZ:3.30 LE:1.84 LT:0 X:0.00 Y:240.00 Z:13.30 E:1.84

Print was interrupted. Coordinates with leading L are last received positions, LT is active extruder. Normal coordinates are current position and can be omitted, if the move did not finish due to power loss.

On a power loss the firmware should respond with POWERLOSS_DETECTED as early as possible to give host time to flush log as it is likely host will also go down very soon.

Support is available in Repetier-Firmware 1.0.4 or higher. Repetier-Server 0.91.0 is the first to use this concept and can be used to validate implementation.

M416: Power loss

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???

Host tells firmware that it will loose power. This is the solution in case a connected host has a power loss detection and firmware does not. Firmware should return the message POWERLOSS_DETECTED and do whatever firmware is supposed to do in that case. In combination with host rescue it should store positions, disable heaters, go to park position.

M420: Set RGB Colors as PWM (MachineKit)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes ??? No No ???

Usage: M420 R[Red PWM (0-255)] E[Green PWM (0-255)] B[Blue PWM (0-255)]

Example
M420 R255 E255 B255

Set the color of your RGB LEDs that are connected to PWM-enabled pins. Note, the Green color is controlled by the E value instead of the G value due to the G code being a primary code that cannot be overridden.

In Marlin M420 is Enable/Disable Mesh Leveling (with current values) S1=enable S0=disable

M420: Leveling On/Off/Fade (Marlin)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use G29 and M376 ??? ??? ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???

Enable/Disable Bed Leveling (using the current stored grid or mesh).

Usage
M420 S[bool] Z[float]
Examples
M420 S1  ; Enable compensation using current grid/mesh
M420 Z10 ; Gradually reduce compensation until Z=10

Marlin 1.1.0 adds the Z parameter to set the "fade" height. This requires the ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT option.

When the Z fade height value is set non-zero, bed compensation will gradually reduce up to the given height, and cease completely above that height.

M421: Set a Mesh Bed Leveling Z coordinate

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set a single Z coordinate in the Mesh, Bilinear or UBL Leveling grid. Requires MESH_BED_LEVELING or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR or AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL.

I & J are the index for the X and Y axis respectively.

Usage
M421 I[index] J[index] Z[float] to set an absolute value to a mesh point

or

M421 I[index] J[index] Q[float] to offset a mesh point by a specified value

M422: Set a G34 Point

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.4+ No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set a single XY coordinate to be used by G34 for Z Stepper Alignment.

Usage
M422 S[index] X[pos] Y[pos]

M423: X-Axis Twist Compensation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.9.4+ No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Reset, set, or report X-Axis Twist Compensation data that will be used by subsequent G29 commands to compensate for a twisted X-axis.

Parameters
R Flag to reset the X-twist data to configured defaults.
X[index] Zero-based index into the X-twist data array. (Z is also required)
Z[offset] An offset value to set. (X is also required)
A[start] Set the starting X position.
I[spacing] Set the X spacing distance.
Usage
M423 to report the current X-twist data to the host console.
M423 R to reset X-twist data to the configured defaults.
M423 X[index] Z[offset] to set an offset value.
M423 A[start] I[spacing] to set the X-start position and X-spacing distance.

M424: Global Z Offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.2+ No No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set or report the global Z offset for the leveling mesh. The command G29 will set this automatically to an average mesh value to allow for "leveling fade" with a biased mesh. In Marlin this feature requires the GLOBAL_MESH_Z_OFFSET option.

Parameters
Z New global offset value to apply.
Usage
M424 to report the current global mesh Z offset.
M424 Z[offset] to set the global mesh Z offset.

M425: Backlash Correction

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ 3.5.0+ ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Fnnn Enable/disable/fade-out backlash correction (0.0 = none to 1.0 = 100%)
Snnn Distance over which backlash correction is spread1 (mm)
Xnnn Set the backlash distance on X (mm; 0 to disable)
Ynnn Set the backlash distance on Y (mm; 0 to disable)
Znnn Set the backlash distance on Z (mm; 0 to disable)
X Use measured value for backlash on X (if available)
Y Use measured value for backlash on Y (if available)
Z Use measured value for backlash on Z (if available)
Examples (Marlin)
M425                ; Report current state
M425 Z              ; Use measured value of backlash on Z
M425 F1 S3          ; Full backlash compensation while smoothing over 3mm.
M425 F0.5 S0.0      ; Compensate for 50% of the backlash with no smoothing
M425 X0.1 Y0.2 Z0.3 ; Set backlash to specific values for all axis
Notes

1 In Marlin, backlash compensation works by adding extra steps to one or more segments after a motor direction reversal. With smoothing off, this can cause blemishes on the print. Enabling smoothing will cause those extra steps to be spread over multiple segments, minimizing artifacts.

M450: Report Printer Mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M450
Example
> M450
> PrinterMode:FFF

Printers can be used for different task by exchanging the toolhead. Depending on the tool, a different behavior of some commands can be expected. This command reports the current working mode. Possible answers are:

PrinterMode:FFF
PrinterMode:Laser
PrinterMode:CNC

M451: Select FFF Printer Mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M451
Example
> M451
> PrinterMode:FFF

Switches to FFF mode for filament printing.

M452: Select Laser Printer Mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M452
Example
> M452
> PrinterMode:Laser

Switches to laser mode. This mode enables handling of a laser pin and makes sure that the laser is only activated during G1 moves if laser was enabled or E is increasing. G0 moves should never enable the laser. M3/M5 can be used to enable/disable the laser for moves.

M453: Select CNC Printer Mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M453
Parameters (RepRapFirmware only)
  • Snnn (optional) Spindle index, defaults to 0. Duet 2 supports 4 spindles max
  • Pfff:rrr Logical pin numbers used to drive the spindle motor in clockwise and counterclockwise directions. Omit the ":rrr" part if the spindle turns clockwise only.
  • In Invert (I1) or don't invert (I0, default) the output polarity
  • Rnnn Spindle RPM that is achieved at full PWM. Used to convert the S parameter in M3 and M4 commands to a PWM value.
  • Fnnn (optional) The PWM frequency to use
  • Tnnn (optional) Assign spindle to a tool allowing better control in DWC
Example
> M453
> PrinterMode:CNC

Switches to CNC mode. In this mode M3/M4/M5 control the pins defined for the milling device.

Notes for RepRapFirmware: By default, no output is assigned to the spindle motor. Logical pin numbers for the P parameters are as defined for the M42 and M208 commands. If you wish to assign a heater or fan output to control the spindle motor as in the above example, you must first disable the corresponding heater (see M307) or fan (see M106).

M460: Define temperature range for thermistor-controlled fan

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M106 ??? No ??? Yes No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Usage
M460 X[minTemp] Y[maxTemp]
Example
M460 X50 Y60

If the firmware has a thermistor controlled fan defined, you can set at which temperature the fan starts and from which temperature on it should run with maximum speed.

M470: Create Directory on SD-Card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.03 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
P"name" Name of directory to create
Usage
M470 P"directory/to/create"
Example
M470 P"/sys/config.d"

This will create a new directory on the SD-Card. If not otherwise specified the default root should be the first/internal SD-Card.

M471: Rename File/Directory on SD-Card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes:2.03 and later ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
S"name" Name of existing file/directory
T"name" New name of file/directory
Dnnn Setting this to 1 will delete an existing file that matches the T parameter value
Usage
M471 S"source/name" T"dest/name" D1
Example
M471 S"/sys/config-override.g" T"/sys/config-override.g.bak"

Rename or move a file or directory. Using the D parameter can delete a file with the target name. Renaming or moving across directories is possible though not from one SD-Card to another.

M472: Delete File/Directory on SD-Card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes:3.5 and later ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
P"name" Name of file/directory to delete
Rn (optional) R1 = recursive delete
Example
M472 P"/gcodes/old_files" R1

If the R1 parameter is provided and the P parameter is a directory, then files will be deleted recursively i.e. all contained files and directories will be deleted too. Otherwise, if "name" refers to a non-empty directory then deletion will fail.

See also M30.

M486: Cancel Object

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 3.01 and later ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

The M486 G-code provides an interface to identify objects on the print bed and cancel them. Basic usage: Use M486 T to tell the firmware how many objects there are, so it can provide an LCD interface. (Otherwise the firmware counts them up in the first layer.) In every layer of your G-code, you must preface each object's layer slice with M486 S[index] to indicate which object is being printed. The index should be zero-based. To cancel the first object, use M486 P0; to cancel the 5th object use M486 P4; and so on. The "current" object is canceled with M486 C.

G-codes associated with the canceled objects are no longer printed. Firmware supports this feature by ignoring G0-G3/G5 moves in XYZ while updating F and keeping the E coordinate up-to-date without extruding.

Slicers should number purge towers and other global features with a negative index (or other flag) to distinguish them from regular print objects, since it is important to preserve color changes, purge towers, and brims.

Host software (such as OctoPrint) may be able to cancel individual objects through a plugin, and in this case they should not use M486 P to cancel objects (although doing so should cause no harm).

Usage
M486 T12               ; Total of 12 objects (otherwise the firmware must count)
M486 S3                ; Indicate that the 4th object is starting now
M486 S3 A"cube copy 3" ; Indicate that the 4th object is starting now and name it (RepRapFirmware)
M486 S-1               ; Indicate a non-object, purge tower, or other global feature
M486 P10               ; Cancel object with index 10 (the 11th object)
M486 U2                ; Un-cancel object with index 2 (the 3rd object)
M486 C                 ; Cancel the current object (use with care!)
M486                   ; List the objects on the build plate (RepRapFirmware)
M486 implementation in RepRapFirmware
If the GCode file being printed contains object label comments (e.g. using the "Label objects" option in PrusaSlicer) then it is not necessary to use M486 S commands to indicate which object is being printed. Objects on the build plate will be numbered from 0 in the order in which their labels first appear in the file.
If you do use M486 S commands in the GCode file instead of object label comments, then RepRapFirmware provides an optional A parameter to the M486 S command to allow objects to be named. The name of each object need only be specified once.
M486 without parameters lists the names and approximate locations of known objects on the build plate. For the benefit of user interfaces, this information may also be retrieved from the object model using the M409 command or using the rr_model HTTP API.

M493: Fixed-Time Motion Control

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.1.3 No No No No No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Use M493 to enable/disable and set parameters for Fixed-Time Motion Control (by Ulendo). Requires the FT_MOTION feature to be enabled. Fixed-Time Motion Control supersedes normal motion control when enabled, and can only be applied to Cartesian and Core motion systems. This is likely to change in future versions. This motion system implements its own Linear (Pressure) Advance and Input Shaping, but does not include proprietary Fast B-Spline (FBS) acceleration. Due to its overhead and memory requirements (around 11 kilobytes), it requires a fast board with plenty of RAM.

Parameters
S<mode> Set the motion / shaping mode. Shaping requires an X axis, at the minimum.
   0: NORMAL
   1: FIXED-TIME
  10: ZV
  11: ZVD
  12: EI
  13: 2HEI
  14: 3HEI
  15: MZV
P<bool> Enable (1) or Disable (0) Linear Advance pressure control
K<gain> Set Linear Advance gain
D<mode> Set Dynamic Frequency mode
   0: DISABLED
   1: Z-based (Requires a Z axis)
   2: Mass-based (Requires X and E axes)
A<Hz> Set static/base frequency for the X axis
F<Hz> Set frequency scaling for the X axis
B<Hz> Set static/base frequency for the Y axis
H<Hz> Set frequency scaling for the Y axis

M500: Store parameters in non-volatile storage

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No No No No No
Example
M500

Save current parameters to EEPROM, SD card, Flash memory or other non-volatile storage.

In Redeem any parameters set through G/M-codes which is different than what is read from the config files, are stored back to the local config. For instance setting stepper current and microstepping through M906 and M907 followed by M500 will update /etc/redeem/local.cfg.


In Druid Firmware, because of the small size for parameter storage (512 bytes), a 128K flash memory sector is used as permanent storage. The sector can be partially written 256 times (512 bytes per backup) before requiring a complete sector wipe, to restart the same process again. (That was 1 write cycle). The flash memory minimum write cycles guaranteed for the STM32F407 MCU by ST Microelectronics are 10000, yielding a total of 2.56 million times, parameters can be saved.

Also with Druid Firmware, you no longer have to worry about saving your newly modified settings. Druid firmware save them in a temporary file as you make them. At every Boot, it loads the settings from the FLASH memory block, and also read the temp file and apply the previously modified settings to the RAM, seamlessly. When the size of the temporary file is above the limit set by the users, or when using M500, Druid Firmware merge theses changes and write all settings to the next 512 byte block in the flash, and delete the temporary file.

In Druid Firmware, users will only have to use M500, to immediately force the merging of the temporary file with the current settings, in which, all changed parameters are saved, before the file limit size is reached (as explained in previous paragraph)

M501: Read parameters from EEPROM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Snnn Enable auto-save (only RepRapFirmware)
Example
M501

Set the active parameters to those stored in the EEPROM, SD card or other non-volatile storage. This is useful to revert parameters after experimenting with them.

RepRapFirmware versions prior to 1.17 allows "S1" to be passed, which forces parameters to be automatically saved to EEPROM when they are changed.

In RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later, the parameters are saved in file sys/config-override.g on the SD card.

M502: Restore Default Settings

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes ??? ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? Yes No No No ??? No No ???
Example
M502

This command resets all tunable parameters to their default values, as set in the firmware's configuration files. This doesn't reset any parameters stored in the EEPROM, so it must be followed with M500 to reboot with default settings.

M503: Report Current Settings

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No Yes No No No ??? No No ???
Examples
M503 ; Output current settings
M503 S0 ; Settings as G-code only (Marlin 1.1)

This command asks the firmware to reply with the current print settings as set in memory. Settings will differ from EEPROM contents if changed since the last load / save. The reply output includes the G-Code commands to produce each setting. For example, Steps-Per-Unit values are displayed as an M92 command.

RepRapFirmware outputs the content of the configuration file, but note that it may be truncated if it is too long.

M504: Validate EEPROM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.9+ Not needed ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Examples
M504 ; Check EEPROM

This command checks the contents of EEPROM for correct version, size, and checksum and reports the result.

M505: Firmware dependent

M505: Clear EEPROM and RESET Printer
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command erase all EEPROM and reset the board.

M505: Set configuration file folder
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.03 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
P"name" ; name of folder, default path is /sys/ if it is a relative path
Example
M505 P"experimental" ; change config file path from /sys/ to /sys/experimental/

Following this command, files that would normally be fetched from /sys/ (for example, homing files and system macro files in RepRapFirmware) are fetched from the specified folder instead. Any such files that are already being executed will continue to run.

This command can be used to allow multiple configurations to be maintained easily. In RepRapFirmware the file /sys/config/g can contain just these two lines:

M505 P"config1"
M98 P"config.g"

The first line changes the config file folder to /sys/config1 and the second one executes file config.g in that folder. To select an alternative configuration, only the first line needs to be edited.

M505: Set a named EEPROM value
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No No No Yes No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Use M505 varname value to directly set and store a named variable and value to EEPROM. The variable name can be up to 31 characters in length and the value can be up to 63 characters. Be careful with this G-code because a larger name or value can cause some versions of Buddy firmware to crash.

M509: Force language selection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Resets the language to English. Only on Original Prusa i3 MK2.5/s and MK3/s with multiple languages.

M510: Lock Machine

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes: 2.0.6.1 ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Lock the machine. When the machine is locked a passcode is required to unlock it. Use M511 P with your passcode to unlock the machine. In Marlin this feature is enabled with the PASSWORD_FEATURE option.

In Druid, this feature is always enabled.

M511: Unlock Machine with Passcode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes: 2.0.6.1 ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Check the given passcode and unlock the machine if it is correct. Otherwise, delay for a period of time before allowing another attempt. In Marlin this feature is enabled with the PASSWORD_FEATURE option.

Parameters
P"passcode" ; a numeric passcode to try
Notes

In Druid, this feature is always enabled.

M511 "12PWS5pb" Between double quote.

               Fixed length = 8 Char.
               Valid Characters (a-z A-Z 0-9)
               Always case-sensitive, regardless of Gcode Parser Case sensitivity option (M544)

M512: Set Passcode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes: 2.0.6.1 ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Check the given passcode (P) and if it is correct clear the passcode. If S is given, set a new passcode. In Marlin this feature is enabled with the PASSWORD_CHANGE_GCODE option.

Parameters
P"oldpass" ; the current numeric passcode
S"newpass" ; a new numeric passcode
Notes

In Druid, we use similar procedures to create, modify the password, but it is never saved, instead it is a one-way cryptographic hash generated from it, that is saved inside the MCU, to insure maximum security. Before setting a password, the user must make a backup of its PUID (a 96 bit serial number unique to every STMicroelectronics MCU). If the password is lost, the only solution is to enter the PUID, on our website www.druid3d.com in the members area. A one-way cryptographic hash will be generated from the provided PUID, and will be available as a text file and as a string. When this file is added to the external SD CARD. The Bootloader, that is looking for it at every boot, will find it, and will verify that it matches the one it will generate from the internal PUID. Verified in a few microseconds, both will be erased, from the RAM and the SD card, then it will remove the password, unlock the machine. This is the most secure way of protecting a device. Any other system is hackable in a few minutes. (See also M513, to remove password, with either current or "PW Removal HASH String" )

M512 "PASSWORD  ; set new password, if none already set.

M512 "curPW001/NEWnew02" ; set new password, if current match.

(between double quote, separated by a slash '/' or a space ' ' ) Fixed length = 8 Char, Valid Characters (a-z A-Z 0-9), Always case-sensitive, regardless of Gcode Parser Case sensitivity option (M544)

M513: Remove Password

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
???: 2.0.6.1 ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Example with Druid firmware
M513 "currpass"  ; the current password (if known)
M513 "0446759DBDC230122126F5AC" ; 24 char."PW Removal HASH String", generated from MCU PUID.

visit www.druid3D.com to generate your unique Password Removal HASH String.

M524: Abort SD Printing

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.0+ Use M25 then M0 ??? No ??? 2.0.0+ ??? Yes No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M524

If an SD print is in progress, this command aborts the print, just as if you had selected "Stop print" from the LCD menu.

M530: Enable printing mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes ??? No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No1 No
Example
M530 S1 L270

This command tells the firmware that a print has started (S1) or ended (S0). The L parameter sets the number of layers. L0 denotes unknown layer count. This enables the firmware to switch into a special print display mode to show print progress. Firmware should indicate the presence of this feature by responding to M115 with an additional line:

Cap:PROGRESS:1
Notes

1In MK4duo this command starts print counters for statistics. It also turns off a 30-minute timer for the heaters. If the timer reaches 30, turn off all the heaters.

M531: Set print name

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? Yes ??? No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Example
M531 Demo Model

Sets the name of the currently printed object. Should follow M530 S1 for correct display.

M532: Set print progress

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M73 Use M73 ??? No ??? Yes ??? No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Example
M532 X23.7 L56

Sets the print progress (X = 0..100) and currently printed layer (L). Should be send every 0.1% progress change on every layer change.

M540: Set MAC address

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Pnnn The MAC address
Examples
M540 P0xBE:0xEF:0xDE:0xAD:0xFE:0xED
M540 PDE:AD:BE:EF:CA:FE

Sets the MAC address of the RepRap. This should be done before any other network commands. The MAC address is six one-byte hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. The 0x prefix is optional in later firmware revisions.

All devices running on the same network shall all have different MAC addresses. For your printers, changing the last digit is sufficient.

This command is only needed when using older electronics that doesn't provide a unique MAC address, for example Duet 0.6 and Duet 0.8.5.

M540 in Marlin/Druid/MK4duo: Enable/Disable "Stop SD Print on Endstop Hit"

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No1 ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn state, S1=enable, S0=disable
Example
M540 S1
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

M544: Gcode Parser Options

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? Yes ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
Snnn S1=case insensitive, S0=case sensitive
S Report current case state.
L List all supported Gcodes
K List all Druid proprietary MMM commands (Media and Memory Management)

M550: Set Name

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No Yes Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Machine name
Example
M550 PGodzilla

Sets the name of the RepRap to (in this case) Godzilla. The name can be any string of printable characters except ';', which still means start comment.

M551: Set Password

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes: Use M512 Yes ??? No ??? No No Yes: M512 Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Password
Example
M551 Pmy-very-secret-word

On machines that need a password to activate them, set that password. The code 'P' is not part of the password. Note that as this is sent in clear it does not (nor is it intended to) offer a very high level of security. But on machines that are (say) on a network, it prevents idle messing about by the unauthorised. The password can contain any printable characters except ';', which still means start comment.

Note for RepRapFirmware: If the specified password differs from the default one (i.e. reprap), the user will be asked to enter it when a connection is established via HTTP or Telnet. For FTP, the password must always be passed explicitly.

M552: Set IP address, enable/disable network interface

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.8 Yes ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Innn (Optional) Number of the network interface to manage (defaults to 0)
Pnnn IP address, 0.0.0.0 means acquire an IP address using DHCP
Snnn (optional) -1 = reset network interface, 0 = disable networking, 1 = enable networking as a client, 2 = enable networking as an access point (WiFi-enabled electronics only)
Rnnn (optional, RepRapFirmware 1.17 and earlier only) HTTP port, default 80
Example
M552 P192.168.1.14

Sets the IP address of the machine to (in this case) 192.168.1.14. If the S parameter is not present then the enable/disable state of the network interface is not changed.

In RepRapFirmware 1.18 and later the HTTP port address is set using the M586 command, so the R parameter of this command is no longer supported.

M552 with no parameters reports the current network state and IP address.

M553: Set Netmask

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.8 Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Innn (Optional) Number of the network interface to manage (defaults to 0)
Pnnn Net mask
Example
M553 P255.255.255.0

Sets the network mask of the RepRap machine to (in this case) 255.255.255.0. A restart may be required before the new network mask is used. If no 'P' field is specified, this echoes the existing network mask configured.

Recent RepRapFirmware versions allow the IP configuration to be changed without a restart.

M554: Set Gateway and/or DNS server

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.8 Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Innn (Optional) Number of the network interface to manage (defaults to 0)
Pnnn Gateway
Snnn (Optional) DNS server (only supported by DSF 3.3 with DuetPi system config plugin)
Example
M554 P192.168.1.1

Sets the Gateway IP address of the RepRap machine to (in this case) 192.168.1.1. A restart may be required before the new gateway IP address is used. If no 'P' field is specified, this echoes the existing Gateway IP address configured.

Recent RepRapFirmware versions allow the IP configuration to be changed without a restart.

M555: Set compatibility

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Emulation type
Example
M555 P1

For firmware that can do it, the firmware is set to a mode where its input and (especially) output behaves exactly like other established firmware. The value of the 'P' argument is:

P value Firmware
0 Native (i.e. whatever the firmware actually is)
1 RepRapFirmware
2 Marlin
3 Teacup
4 Sprinter
5 Repetier
6 Marlin with changes for nanoDLP

M556: Axis compensation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn Height of the measured distances
Xnnn Deviation in X direction
Ynnn Deviation in Y direction
Znnn Deviation in Z direction
Pnnn Apply XY compensation to Y axis instead of X (defaults to 0, requires RRF 3.2-b4 or newer)
Example
M556 S100 X0.7 Y-0.2 Z0.6
Image denoting how to determine the S parameter for G-code M556

Though with care and adjustment a RepRap can be set up with its axes at right-angles to each other within the accuracy of the machine, who wants to bother with care and adjustment when the problem can be solved by software? This tells software the tangents of the angles between the axes of the machine obtained by printing then measuring a test part. The S parameter (100 here) is the length of a triangle along each axis in mm. The X, Y and Z figures are the number of millimeters of the short side of the triangle that represents how out of true a pair of axes is. The X figure is the error between X and Y, the Y figure is the error between Y and Z, and the Z figure is the error between X and Z. Positive values indicate that the angle between the axis pair is obtuse, negative acute.

M557: Set Z probe point or define probing grid

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters to define G32 probe points (Cartesian/CoreXY printers only, no longer supported in RepRapFirmware)
Pnnn Probe point number
Xnnn X coordinate
Ynnn Y coordinate
Example
M557 P1 X30 Y40.5
Parameters to define G29 probe grid (all values in mm)
Xaaa:bbb Minimum and maximum X coordinates to probe
Yaaa:bbb Minimum and maximum Y coordinates to probe
Rnnn Radius to probe
Snn or Sxx:yy Probe point spacing
Pnn or Pxx:yy Number of probe points in each direction (RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later) - use instead of specifying the spacing
Examples
M557 X0:200 Y0:220 S20
M557 R150 S15

Set the points at which the bed will be probed to compensate for its plane being slightly out of horizontal.

The first form defines the points for for G32 bed probing. The P value is the index of the point (indices start at 0) and the X and Y values are the position to move extruder 0 to to probe the bed. An implementation should allow a minimum of three points (P0, P1 and P2). This just records the point coordinates; it does not actually do the probing. See G32. Defining the probe points in this way is no longer supported by RepRapFirmware, you should define them in a bed.g file instead.

The second form defines the grid for G29 bed probing. For Cartesian printers, specify minimum and maximum X and Y values to probe and the probing interval. For Delta printers, specify the probing radius. If you define both, the probing area will be the intersection of the rectangular area and the circle. There is a firmware-dependent maximum number of probe points supported, which may be as low as 100.

M558: Set Z probe type

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Knn Z probe number (optional, default 0)
Pnnn Z probe type
Fnnn Feed rate (i.e. probing speed, mm/min)
Hnnn Dive height (mm)
Innn Invert (I1) or do not invert (I0) the Z probe reading (RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later)
Rnnn Z probe recovery time after triggering, default zero (seconds) (RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later)1
Tnnn Travel speed to and between probe points (mm/min)
Annn Maximum number of times to probe each point, default 1 (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Snnn Tolerance when probing multiple times, default 0.03 (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Bn B1 turns off all heaters during probing moves and during the probe recovery time (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Obsolete parameters
Xnnn If nonzero, use probe for homing X axis (RepRapFirmware 1.19 and earlier only)
Ynnn If nonzero, use probe for homing Y axis (RepRapFirmware 1.19 and earlier only)
Znnn If nonzero, use probe for homing Z axis (RepRapFirmware 1.19 and earlier only)
Example
M558 P1 F500 T5000 H3

A Z probe may be a switch, an IR proximity sensor, or some other device. This selects which to use:

P0 indicates that no Z probe is present
P1 indicates an unmodulated IR probe, or any other probe type that emulates an unmodulated IR probe (probe output is an analog signal that rises with decreasing nozzle height above the bed). If there is a control signal to the probe, it is driven high when the probe type is P1
P2 specifies a modulated IR probe, where the modulation is commanded directly by the main board firmware using the control signal to the probe
P3 selects an alternative Z probe similar to P1 but the control signal to the probe low
P4 selects a switch for bed probing (on the Duet, this must be connected to the E0 endstop pins)
P5 (from RepRapFirmware 1.14) selects a switch or a digital output device to the In pin of the Z-probe connector
P6 is as P4 but the switch is connected to and alternative connector (on the Duet series, the E1 endstop connector)
P7 is as P4 but the switch is connected to and alternative connector (on the Duet series, the Z endstop connector)
P8 is as P5 but the signal is unfiltered for faster response
P9 is as P5 but the probe is deployed and retracted at every probe point. This is intended for BLTouch.
P10 means use Z motor stall detection as the Z probe trigger.
P11 means a scanning Z probe with an analog output (supported from RRF 3.5.0-beta.4). Such probes must be calibrated before use (see M558.1).

Related codes: G29, G30, G31, G32, M401, M402, M558.1, M558.2.

M558.1: Calibrate height vs. reading for analog Z probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Knn Z probe number (optional, default 0)
Sn.n Height to scan above and below the trigger height, in mm
Ann.n (optional) Linear coefficient of the output, in mm per count
Bnn.n (optional, ignored unless A parameter is also present, default 0.0) Quadratic coefficient of the output, in mm^2 per count
Cnn.n (optional, ignored unless A parameter is also present, default 0.0) Cubic coefficient of the output, in mm^3 per count

If the A parameter is present then the S parameter is ignored and the equation to calculate the actual height of the Z probe is set to this:

height = trigger_height + A * (probe_reading - probe_threshold) + B * (probe_reading - probe_threshold)^2 + C * (probe_reading - probe_threshold)^3

where trigger_height and probe_threshold are as set by G31.

If the A parameter is not present but the S parameter is present then the probe is raised or lowered to (trigger_height + S_parameter) at the current XY position, then readings are taken as the probe is gradually lowered to (trigger_height - S_parameter). The readings are used to compute, store and report new values of A, B, C and the trigger threshold.

If neither the A nor the S parameter is present, the current A, B and C values are reported.

M558.2: Set, report or calibrate drive current for analog Z probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Knn Z probe number (optional, default 0)
Sn.n Drive level to set, or -1 to determine automatically. For LDC1612-based probes, when setting the current this should be in the range 0 to 31.

This command is used to control the drive current of scanning Z probes that use the LDC1612 chip. If the drive current is set too low, the sensor will not work when it is close to the bed. If the drive current is set too high, it will not work when the sensor is distant from the bed. Use M122 B# (where # is the CAN address of the board that carries the sensor) to determine whether the sensor is working normally.

When using this command with S-1 to determine the optimum drive current automatically, the sensor should first be placed at the lower distance limit (closest distance from the metal bed surface) of the intended operating range.

If M558 is used with no S parameter then the current drive level is reported.

After using M558.2 to change the drive level, M558.1 should be used to recalibrate the sensor.

M559: Upload configuration file

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M559

If the RepRap supports it, this uploads a file that is run on re-boot to configure the machine. This file usually is a special G Code file. After sending M559, the file should be sent, ending with an M29 (q.v.).

M560: Upload web page file

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M560
For RepRaps that have web support and that can be driven by a web browser, this uploads the file that is the control page for the RepRap. After sending M560 the file (usually an HTML file) should be sent, terminated by the string
<!-- **EoF** -->
. Clearly that string cannot exist in the body of the file, but can be put on the end to facilitate this process. This should not be too serious a restriction...


M561: Set Identity Transform

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No ???
Example
M561

This cancels any bed-plane fitting as the result of probing (or anything else) and returns the machine to moving in the user's coordinate system.

M562: Reset temperature fault

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Heater number
Example
M562 P2

Reset a temperature fault on heater/sensor 2. If the RepRap has switched off and locked a heater because it has detected a fault, this will reset the fault condition and allow you to use the heater again. Obviously to be used with caution. If the fault persists it will lock out again after you have issued this command. P0 is the bed; P1 the first extruder, and so on.

Later versions of RepRapFirmware support M562 without the P parameter, which will reset all heater faults.

M563: Define or remove a tool

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Tool number
S"name" Tool name (optional)
Dnnn Extruder drive(s)
Hnnn Heater(s)
Fnnn Fan(s) to map the print cooling fan to (RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later)
Xnnn Axis or axes to map X movement to (RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later)
Ynnn Axis or axes to map Y movement to
Lnnn Drive to use for filament mapping. By default RRF will use the first and only extruder drive if this parameter is not specified (supported by RRF >= 2.02)
Examples
M563 P0 D0:2:3 H1:3                 ; create a tool using extruder drives 0, 2 and 3 and heaters 1 and 3
M563 P1 D1 H2 X3                    ; create a tool using extruder drive 1 and heater 2 with X movement mapped to the U axis
M563 P2 D0:1 H1:2 X0:3 F0:2         ; create a tool using extruder drives 0 and 1, heaters 1 and 2,
                                    ; with X movement mapped to both X and U axes and fan 0 mapped to fan 0 and fan 2
M563 P3 D0 H1 S"Chocolate extruder" ; create a named tool using extruder drive 0 and heater 1

Tools are usually (though not necessarily) extruders. The 'P' field specifies the tool number. Tool numbers can have any positive integer value and 0. The 'D' field specifies the drive(s) used by the tool - in the first example drives 0, 2 and 3. Drive 0 is the first drive in the machine after the movement drives (usually X, Y and Z). If there is no 'D' field the tool has no drives. The 'H' field specifies the tool's heaters - in the first example heaters 1 and 3. Heater 0 is usually the hot bed (if any) so the first extruder heater is usually 1. If there is no H field the tool has no heaters.

Tools are driven using multiple values in the 'E' field of G1 commands, each controlling the corresponding drive in the 'D' field above, as follows:

G1 X90.6 Y13.8 E2.24:2.24:15.89
G1 X70.6 E0:0:42.4

The first line moves straight to the point (90.6, 13.8) extruding a total of 2.24mm of filament from both drives 0 and 2 and 15.98mm of filament from drive 3. The second line moves back 20mm in X extruding 42.4mm of filament from drive 3.

Alternatively, if the slicer does not support generating G1 commands with multiple values for the extrusion amount, the M567 command can be used to define a tool mix ratio.

Normally an M563 command is immediately followed by a G10 command to set the tool's offsets and temperatures.

It is permissible for different tools to share some (or all) of their drives and heaters. So, for example, you can define two tools with identical hardware, but that just operate at different temperatures.

The X mapping option is used to create tools on machines with multiple independent X carriages. The additional carriages are set up as axes U, V etc. (see M584) and the X mapping option in M563 defines which carriage or carriages are used.

If you use the M563 command with a P value for a tool that has already been defined, that tool is redefined using the new values you provide.

RepRapFirmware supports an additional form of the M563 command. The command:

M563 S1

means add 1 (the value of the S parameter) to all tool numbers found in the remainder of the current input stream (e.g. the current file if the command is read from a file on the SD card), or until a new M563 command of this form is executed. The purpose of this is to provide compatibility between systems in which tool numbers start at 1, and programs such as slic3r that assume tools are numbered from zero.

Recent versions of RepRapFirmware allow the deletion of existing tools if M563 is called in this way:

M563 P1 D-1 H-1

M564: Limit axes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M211 S Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Hnnn H1 = forbid movement of axes that have not been homed, H0 = allow movement of axes that have not been homed (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Snnn S1 = limit movement within axis boundaries, S0 = allow movement outside boundaries
Example
M564 S0 H0

Allow moves outside the print volume and before homing, or not. If the S parameter is 0, then you can send G codes to drive the RepRap outside its normal working volume, and it will attempt to do so. Likewise if the H parameter is 0 you can move the head or bed along axes that have not been homed. The default behaviour is S1 H1. On some types of printer (e.g. Delta and SCARA), movement before homing is prohibited regardless of the H parameter.

M565: Set Z probe offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No use G31 ??? No ??? No Yes ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Example
M565 X3 Y4.5 Z-2.37

Set the offset from the extruder tip to the probe position. The X, Y, and Z values are the delta between the extruder and the actual trigger position of the probe. If the probe trigger point is below the extruder (typical) the Z offset will be negative. This just records the point offset; it does not actually do the probing. See G32.

M566: Set allowable instantaneous speed change

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Maximum instantaneous speed change of the X axis (mm/min)
Ynnn Maximum instantaneous speed change of the Y axis
Znnn Maximum instantaneous speed change of the Z axis
Ennn Maximum instantaneous speed change of the extruder drives
Example
M566 X20 Y20 Z2 E10

Sets the maximum allowable speed change (sometimes called 'jerk speed') of each motor when changing direction.

The model files and gcode files used by repraps generally render circles and other curves shapes as a sequence of straight line segments. If the motors were not allowed any instantaneous speed change, they would have to come to a stop at the junction between each pair of line segments. By allowing a certain amount of instantaneous speed change, printing speed can be maintained when the angle between the two line segments is small enough.

If you set these X and Y values too low, then the printer will be slow at printing curves. If they are too high then the printer may be noisy when cornering and you may suffer ringing and other print artefacts, or even missed steps.

On very old versions of RepRapFirmware (prior to 1.09), these were also the minimum speeds of each axis.

M567: Set tool mix ratios

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Tool number
Ennn Mix ratios
Example
M567 P2 E0.1:0.2:0.1:0.6

This example sets the mix ratio for tool 2 (the P value). When mixing is then turned on (see M568), only single E values need to be sent on a G1 command (any extra E values will be ignored, but are not illegal):

G1 X20 E1.3

This will move to X=20 extruding a total length of filament of 1.3mm. The first drive of tool 2 will extrude 0.1*1.3mm, the second 0.2*1.3mm and so on. The ratios don't have to add up to 1.0 - the calculation done is as just described. But it is best if they do.

See also M568.

M568: Tool settings

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.3 and later ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Tool number. If this parameter is not provided, the current tool is assumed.
Rnnn Standby temperature(s)
Snnn Active temperature(s)
Fnnn Spindle RPM, always positive
An Required heater state: 0 = off, 1 = standby temperature(s), 2 = active temperature(s)
Examples
M568 P1 R140 S205 ; set standby and active temperatures for tool 1
M568 P0 F5200 ; set spindle RPM for tool 0
M568 P2 A1 ; set tool 2 heaters to their standby temperatures

RepRapFirmware will report the tool parameters if only the tool number is specified.

The R value is the standby temperature in °C that will be used for the tool, and the S value is its operating temperature. If you don't want the tool to be at a different temperature when not in use, set both values the same.

Temperatures set with M568 do not wait for the heaters to reach temp before proceeding. In order to wait for the temp use a M116 command after the M568 to wait for temps to be reached.

M568: Turn off/on tool mix ratios (obsolete meaning in old RepRapFirmware versions)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command is obsolete. When using a tool defined as a mixing extruder, RepRapFirmware applies the mix ratio defined by M567 whenever only one E parameter is provided in G1 commands. When multiple colon-separated E values are provided in the G1 command, they will be used as the individual amounts to extrude.

M569: Stepper driver control

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn Motor driver number
Sn Direction of movement of the motor(s) attached to this driver: 0 = backwards, 1 = forwards (default 1)
Rn Driver enable polarity: 0 = active low, 1 = active high (default 0)
Tnn Minimum driver step pulse width and interval in microseconds (RepRapFirmware 1.14 and later)
Taa:bb:cc:dd Minimum driver step pulse width, step pulse interval, direction-to-step setup time and step-to-direction hold time, in microseconds (RepRapFirmware 1.21 and later)
Dnn Stepper driver mode (RepRapFirmware 2.0 and later): 0=constant off time, 1=random off time, 2=spread cycle, 3=stealthChop, 4=closed loop
Fnn (firmware 2.02 and later) Off-time in the chopper control register, 1 to 15
Bnn (firmware 2.02 and later) Blanking time (tbl) in the chopper control register, 0 to 3. See the TMC driver datasheet.
Yaa:bb or Yaa:bb:cc (firmware 2.02 and later) Hysteresis start, end and decrement values in the chopper control register. See the TMC driver datasheet for the meaning.
Cnnn Custom chopper control register value (RepRapFirmware 2.0 and later). Do not change this value without having a good understanding of the stepper driver driver chip!
Hnn (firmware 2.02 and later) t_high parameter for those stepper driver chips that support it (e.g. TMC2208, 2224). Send M569 P# (where # is the driver number) with no additional parameters to see how this translates into mm/sec. See also the V parameter.
Vnnn (firmware 2.02 and later) tpwmthrs parameter for those stepper driver chips that support it (e.g. TMC2208, 2224). This is the interval in clock cycles between 1/256 microsteps below which the drivers will switch from stealthChop to to spreadCycle mode. Only applies when the driver is configured in stealthChop mode. Typical value are from 100 (high speed) to 4000 (low speed). Send M569 P# (where # is the driver number) with no additional parameters to see how this translates into axis speed in mm/sec.
Example
M569 P0 S0               ; reverse the direction of the motor attached to driver 0
M569 P5 R1 T2.5:2.5:5:0  ; driver 5 requires an active high enable, 2.5us minimum step pulse, 2.5us minimum step interval, 5us DIR setup time and no hold time
Notes

All parameters except P are optional. For any parameter that is not provided, the corresponding value will not be changed.

The T parameters are intended for use with external stepper drivers. Currently, RepRapFirmware only remembers the highest T parameters seen in any M569 command, and applies those values to all drivers for which any nonzero T parameters were specified.

The modes (D parameter) supported by various stepper driver chips are:

TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC5160: modes 0,1,2,3 (Duet 3 EXP1HCL board also supports mode 4)
TMC2660: modes 0,1,2
TMC2208/2209/2224: modes 2,3 (mode 3 is stealthChop2)

Some versions of RepRapFirmware prior to 1.14 also provided X, Y, Z and E parameters to allow the mapping from axes and extruders to stepper driver numbers to be changed. From 1.14 onward, this functionality is provided by M584 instead.

M569.1: Stepper driver closed loop configuration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn or Pn.n Motor driver number, or board address and driver number
Sn Mode: 0=open loop (default), 1=closed loop (requires an encoder to be selected, see the T parameter)
Tn Encoder type: 0=none, 1=linear quadrature encoder on axis, 2=quadrature encoder on motor shaft, 3=AS5047D encoder on motor shaft, 4=TLI5012B encoder on motor shaft
En.n Encoder counts per mm (linear encoder) or per rotation (rotary encoder). Only used if the encoder type is 1 or 2.
Rn.n Proportional constant
In.n Integral constant
Dn.n Derivative constant
Hn Minimum holding current as a percentage of the configured current when operating in closed loop mode

Supported by RepRapFirmware on boards using closed loop drivers. Switching between open loop and closed loop modes is done using M569.

M569.2: Read or write any stepper driver register

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn Motor driver number
Rnn Register number, 0-127
Vnnnn Value to write (optional)
Example
M569.2 P1 R0

If the V parameter is not provided, this command reads the specified register and returns the value of that register. If the V parameter is provided, that value is written to the specified register.

WARNING! Use of M569.2 to write stepper driver registers may result in damage to the stepper drivers, for example from excessive motor current or insufficient blanking time.

M569.3: Read Motor Driver Encoder

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes1 No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This causes the RepRap machine to report its current motor encoder positions to the host in units of arc degrees (1/360'ths of turns), relative to some reference position that you set with the S parameter.

Before the first call with the S parameter, the reference is unknown and arbitrary.

Parameters
Pn or Pn.n Motor driver number, or board address and driver number. Several (remote) drivers may be specified, separated by colon. No more than number of visible axes, as specified by M584 P parameter, are allowed.
S Sets an encoder reference point. Current and subsequent M569.3 Pn.n calls returns numbers that are relative to the M569.3 Pn.n S call.

If P is not supplied, an error is returned.

A maximum of four CAN-connected drivers can be reached with M569.3 counting from machine boot. CAN addresses that fail to respond don't count towards this maximum.

Examples
M569.3

Error: M569: missing parameter 'P'

M569.3 P54.0

Error: M569.3: Message not received

M569.3 P40.0:41.0:42.0:43.0

[-155.28, -4089.60, 6842.04, 0.00, ],

M569.3 P43.0:41.0:42.0:40.0

[0.00, -4089.60, 6842.04, -155.28, ],

M569.3 P40.0:41.0:42.0:43.0 S

[0.00, 0.00, 0.00, 0.00, ],

M569.3 P49.0

Error: M569.3: Max CAN addresses we can reference is 4. Can't reference board 49.

Notes

1 Planned for RepRapFirmware 3.4.

M569.4: Set Motor Driver Torque Mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes1 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Tell one or more motor drivers to apply a specified torque regardless of position.

Parameters
Pn or Pn.n Motor driver number, or board address and driver number. Can also be a colon separated list of driver numbers.
Tn Where n is the mode/torque to apply in units of Nm. Newer Hangprinters might use units of N.

If P or T parameter is missing, then no action is taken. The driver is put back into position mode by requesting a torque smaller than 0.0001 Nm.

Examples
M569.4

Error: M569: missing parameter 'P'

M569.4 P40.0:41.0

Error: M569: missing parameter 'T'

M569.4 P40.0 T0.001

0.001000 Nm,

M569.4 P40.0:41.0 T0

pos_mode, pos_mode,

Notes

Hangprinter's "torque mode" is implemented as a ReprapFirmware macro that depends on M569.4.

Practical torques for tightening lines in daily use tend to lie between 0.1 Nm and 0.001 Nm for a Hangprinter.

1 Planned for RepRapFirmware 3.4.

M569.5: Collect Data from Closed-loop Driver

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4 onwards ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn.n Motor CAN board address and driver number

Remaining details TBD.

M569.6: Execute Closed-loop Driver Tuning Move

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4 onwards ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn.n Motor CAN board address and driver number

Remaining details TBD.

M569.7: Configure motor brake port

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4 onwards ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn.n Motor CAN board address (if applicable) and driver number
C"port" Port name of the brake control port. The port must be on the same CAN board as the driver. The CAN address does not need to be specified in the port name, but if it is then it must be the same as the driver address.
Example
M569.7 P40.0 C"out2"  ; driver 0 on board 40 uses port out1 on board 40 to control the brake

When the motor driver is enabled, the specified output port will be turned on at the same time to release the brake. When the motor driver is disabled, the output port will be turned off. Idle current mode does not count as disabled.

M569.8: Read Axis Force

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5 onwards ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn or Pn.n Motor driver number, or board address and driver number. Can also be a colon separated list of driver numbers.

The readouts are in units of Newtons.

Example

M569.8 P40.0:41.0:42.0:43.0 [3.52, -0.60, 7.24, -5.84, ],

M569.9: Sets the driver sense resistor and maximum current

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No STM32 Only 3.4.2_102 onwards ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn or Pnn.n Motor driver number.
Rnnnn Driver sense resistor value in Ohms.
Snnnn Driver max current value in Amps.
Example
M569.9 R0.047 S4  ; driver 0 uses a 47mOhm sense resistor and 4 Amps maximum driver output

M570: Configure heater fault detection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters for RepRapFirmware 1.14 and earlier
Snnn Heater timeout (in seconds)
Example
M570 S120

After a heater has been switched on, wait 120 seconds for it to get close to the set temperature. If it takes longer than this, raise a heater fault.

Parameters for RepRapFirmware 1.15e and later
Hnnn Heater number
Pnnn Time in seconds for which a temperature anomaly must persist on this heater before raising a heater fault (default 5 seconds)
Tnnn Permitted temperature excursion from the setpoint for this heater (default 10C)
Snnn Time in seconds after a heater fault is raised after which the print will be abandoned, default 10 minutes (RepRapFirmware 1.20 and later)
Example
M570 H1 P4 T15

Warning! Heating fault detection is provided to reduce the risk of starting a fire if a dangerous fault occurs, for example if the heater cartridge or thermistor falls out of the heater block. You should not increase the detection time or permitted temperature excursion without good reason, because doing so will reduce the protection.

M571: Set output on extrude

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Snnn Output value
Fnnn Output PWM frequency (RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later)
Pnnn Logical pin number (RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later), defaults to the FAN0 output until M571 with a P parameter has been seen
Example
M571 P3 F200
M571 S0.5

This turns the controlled pin output on whenever extrusion is being done, and turns it off when the extrusion is finished. The output could control a fan or a stirrer or anything else that needs to work just when extrusion is happening. It also can be used to control a laser beam. The S parameter sets the value of the PWM to the output. 0.0 is off; 1.0 is fully on.

In RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later you can use the P parameter to change the pin used and you can also set the PWM frequency. Pin numbers are the same as in the M42 and M280 commands. The pin you specify must not be in use for anything else, so if it is normally used as a heater you must disable the heater first using M307, or if it is used for a fan you must disable the fan using M106 with the I-1 parameter.

M572: Set or report extruder pressure advance

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No Yes1 No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Prusa Buddy firmware specific1
Parameters
Dnnn Extruder number
Tnnn Extruder number (not supported yet)1
Snnn Pressure advance amount (in seconds)
Snnn Set the pressure advance value. Range is 0. to 1.0 seconds. If zero the pressure advance is disabled.1
Wnnn Set a time range in seconds used for calculating the average extruder velocity for pressure advance. Range between 0. and 0.2 Default value is 0.04.1
Example
M572 D0 S0.1
M572 S0.05 1

This sets the pressure advance coefficient (S parameter) for the specified extruder (D parameter).

Pressure advance causes the extruder drive position to be advanced or retarded during printing moves by an additional amount proportional to the rate of extrusion. At the end of a move when the extrusion rate is decreasing, this may result in the extruder drive moving backwards (i.e. retracting). Therefore, if you enable this feature, you may need to reduce the amount of retraction you use in your slicing program to avoid over-retraction.

With Bowden extruders, an S value between 0.1 and 0.5 usually gives the best print quality. Direct drive extruders typically work best with lower values such as 0.05.

Older versions of RepRapFirmware used the P parameter to specify the drive number, instead of using D to specify the extruder number.

M573: Report heater PWM

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.3.0 and earlier ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Heater number
Example
M573 P1

This gives a running average (usually taken over about five seconds) of the PWM to the heater specified by the P field. If you know the voltage of the supply and the resistance of the heater this allows you to work out the power going to the heater. Scale: 0 to 1.

In RepRapFirmware 3.3.0 and later the heater PWM can be queried from the Object Model instead.

M574: Set endstop configuration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Switch position for X axis
Ynnn Switch position for Y axis
Znnn Switch position for Z axis
Snnn Endstop type: 0 = active low endstop input, 1 = active high endstop input, 2 = Z probe, 3 = motor load detection
Example
M574 X1 Y2 Z0 S1  ; X endstop at low end, Y endstop at high end, no Z endstop, all active high

This defines the position of endstop sensor that the printer has for each axis: 0 = none, 1 = low end, 2 = high end. The optional S parameter defines whether the endstop input is active high (S1, the default), low (S0), or the axes listed use the Z probe for homing that axis (S2), or motor stall detection (S3). A normally-closed endstop switch wired in the usual way produces an active high output (S1). If different axes use different types of endstop sensing, you can use more than one M574 command.

On delta printers the XYZ parameters refer to the towers, and the endstops should normally all be high end (i.e. at the top of the towers).

The S2 and S3 options are supported in RepRapFirmware 1.20 and later.

In RepRapFirmware 1.16 and earlier, the M574 command with E parameter was used to specify whether a Z probe connected to the E0 endstop input produces an active high (S1) or active low (S0) output. In RepRapFirmware 1.17 and later, use the I parameter of the M558 command instead.

M575: Set serial comms parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0+ Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Serial channel number
Bnnn Baud rate (optional)
Snnn Protocol (optional)
Example
M575 P1 B57600 S1

This sets the communications parameters of the serial comms channel specified by the P parameter. P0 specifies the main serial interface (typically a USB port, or serial-over-USB), while P1 specifies an auxiliary serial port (for example, the port used to connect a PanelDue) and P2 specifies a second auxiliary port if there is one.

The B parameter is the required baud rate (this parameter is typically ignored if the port is a true USB port).

The S parameter is a bitmap of protocol features. Bit 0 if set specifies that only commands that include a valid checksum or CRC should be accepted from this comms channel. Bit 1 if set specifies that responses should be sent in raw mode (default is to send them as JSON). Bit 2 if set specifies that only commands with a valid CRC should be accepted (this overrides bit 0).

If either the B or the S parameter is missing, the previous value will be retained, or a default used if the port has not previously been configured using M575. If both are missing then the existing values are reported.

M576: Set SPI comms parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Snnn Maximum delay between full SPI transfers (in ms, defaults to 25ms)
Fnnn Maximum delay between full SPI transfers when a file is open (in ms, defaults to 5ms)
Pnnn Number of events required to skip the delay (defaults to 4)
Example
M576 S10 ; set data exchange interval to 10ms

This sets the communications parameters of the SPI channel. Supported in RRF 3.4 and later in SBC mode.

M577: Wait until endstop is triggered

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Snnn Desired endstop level
Xnnn Select X axis endstop
Ynnn Select Y axis endstop
Znnn Select Z axis endstop
Ennn Select extruder drive endstop
Example
M577 E0 S1

Wait for an endstop switch to be pressed. The example above will wait until the first extruder endstop is triggered.

The following trigger types may be used using the 'S' parameter:

0: Endstop not hit 1: Low endstop hit 2: High endstop hit 3: Near endstop (only Z probe)

M578: Fire inkjet bits

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Inkjet head number
Snnn Bit pattern
Example
M578 P3 S5

This fires inkjet head 3 (the P field) using the bit pattern specified by the S field. The example shown would fire bits 101. If the P parameter is ommitted inkjet 0 is assumed.

This is a version of the M700 command used by the Inkshield, but unfortunately M700 is already taken so cannot be used for that in the standard.

M579: Scale Cartesian axes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Scale factor for X axis
Ynnn Scale factor for Y axis
Znnn Scale factor for Z axis
Example
M579 X1.0127 Y0.998

On a Cartesian RepRap you can get prints exactly the right size by tweaking the axis steps/mm using the M92 G Code above. But this does not work so easily for Delta and other RepRaps for which there is cross-talk between the axes. This command allows you to adjust the X, Y, and Z axis scales directly. So, if you print a part for which the Y length should be 100mm and measure it and find that it is 100.3mm long then you set Y0.997 (= 100/100.3).

M580: Select Roland

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Rnnn Whether Roland mode should be activated
Pnnn Initial text to send to the Roland controller
Example
M580 R1 PVS4;!VZ2;!MC1;

This is not really anything to do with RepRap, but it is convenient. The little Roland mills are very widely available in hackerspaces and maker groups, but annoyingly they don't speak G Codes. As all RepRap firmware includes a G-Code interpreter, it is often easy to add functions to convert G Codes to Roland RML language. M580 selects a Roland device for output if the R field is 1, and returns to native mode if the R field is 0. The optional P string is sent to the Roland if R is 1. It is permissible to call this repeatedly with R set to 1 and different strings in the P field to communicate directly with a Roland.

M581: Configure external trigger

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Tnn Logical trigger number to associate the endstop input(s) with, from zero up to a firmware-specific maximum (e.g. 9 for RepRapFirmware)
X, Y, Z, E Selects endstop input(s) to monitor
P Reserved, may be used in future to allow general I/O pins to cause triggers
S Whether trigger occurs on a rising edge of that input (S1, default), falling edge (S0), or ignores that input (S-1). By default, all triggers ignore all inputs.
C Condition: whether to trigger at any time (C0, default) or only when printing a file from SD card (C1)
Example
M581 E1:2 S1 T2 C1   ; invoke trigger 2 when a rising edge is detected on the E1 or E2 endstop input and a file is being printed from SD card

When M581 is executed, if the T parameter is present but the other parameters are omitted, the trigger inputs and edge polarities for that trigger number are reported. Otherwise, the specified inputs and their polarities are added to the conditions that cause that trigger. Using S-1 with no X, Y, Z or E parameters sets the trigger back to ignoring all inputs.

In RepRapFirmware, trigger number 0 causes a full (emergency) stop as if M112 had been received. Trigger number 1 causes the print to be paused as if M25 had been received. Any trigger number # greater then 1 causes the macro file sys/trigger#.g to be executed. Polling for further trigger conditions is suspended until the trigger macro file has been completed. RepRapFirmware does not wait for all queued moves to be completed before executing the macro, so you may wish to use the M400 command at the start of your macro file. If several triggers are pending, the one with the lowest trigger number takes priority.

M582: Check external trigger

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
T Trigger number to poll
Example
M582 T2 ; check levels of inputs that give rise to trigger #2

Triggers set up by the M581 command are normally activated only when the specified inputs change state. This command provides a way of causing the trigger to be executed if the input is at a certain level. For each of the inputs associated with the trigger, the trigger condition will be checked as if the input had just changed from the opposite state to the current state.

For example, if you use M581 to support an out-of-filament sensor, then M582 allows you to check for out-of-filament just before starting a print.

M584: Set drive mapping

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.14+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Xnnn Driver number(s) for X motor(s)
Ynnn Driver number(s) for Y motor(s)
Znnn Driver number(s) for Z motor(s)
U,V,W, A, B, Cnnn Driver number(s) for additional axes U, V, W, A, B and C (UVW RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later; ABC RepRapFirmware 1.19 and later)
Ennn Driver number(s) for E motor(s)
Pnnn Number of visible axes, defaults to the total number of axes configured.
Example
M584 X0 Y1 Z2:3 E4:5:6 ; Driver 0 controls the X motor, 1 controls Y, 2 and 3 control Z motors, 4 and 5 control E motors

Assigning a drive using M584 does not remove its old assignment. Therefore, if you assign a drive that defaults to being an extruder drive, you should also assign the extruder drives explicitly as in the above example. Failure to do so may result in unexpected behaviour.

You can use M584 to create additional axes - for example, to represent additional carriages on a machine with multiple independent X carriages. Additional axes must be created in the order UVWABC. You can hide some of the last axes you create using the P parameter. Hidden axes have no homing buttons or jog controls in the user interface.

On the Duet WiFi and Duet Ethernet, if you configure multiple drivers for an axis, either all of them must be TMC2660 drivers on the Duet or a Duet expansion board, or none of them must be. This is to facilitate dynamic microstepping and other features of the TMC2660.

M585: Probe Tool

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No

In machines with a tool probe this probes the currently selected tool against it and corrects the offsets set by the G10 command (q.v.).

Parameter must be only one of
Xnnn
Y-nnn
Znnn

Where the absolute value of nnn is the radius of the tool plus the radius of the probe in that direction. So M585 X1.5 will set the X offset of a 1mm diameter tool against a 2mm diameter probe, etc. If the value of nnn is positive the tool is moved in the positive direction towards the probe until it touches. If it is negative, the tool moves the other way.

So the process should be:

Set the values as closely as known in the G10 command.
Move to a position slightly offset from the probe then execute M585s in X, Y and Z in the tool selection macro to set them precisely.

After this, the G10 command on its own can be used to report the values.

M586: Configure network protocols

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Pnn Protocol: 0 = HTTP or HTTPS, 1 = FTP or SFTP, 2 = Telnet or SSH, 3 - multicast discovery protocol (RepRapFirmware 3.4 and later), 4 = MQTT (RepRapFirmware 3.5 and later) (where two choices are given, which one depends on the T parameter)
Snn 0 = disable this protocol, 1 = enable this protocol
Rnn TCP port number to use for the specified protocol. Ignored unless S = 1. If this parameter is not provided then the default port for that protocol and TLS setting is used.
Tnn 0 = don't use TLS, 1 = use TLS. Ignored unless S = 1. If this parameter is not provided, then TLS will be used if the firmware supports it and a security certificate has been configured. If T1 is given but the firmware does not support TLS or no certificate is available, then the protocol will not be enabled and an error message will be returned.
C"site" Set or reset allowed site for cross-orgin HTTP requests (RRF > 3.2-b4.1)

M586 with no S parameter reports the current support for the available protocols.

RepRapFirmware 1.18 and later enable only HTTP (or HTTPS if supported) protocol by default. If you wish to enable FTP and/or Telnet, enable them using this command once or twice in config.g.

M586.4: Configure MQTT server

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
U"username" The name to use when logging on to the MQTT server
K"password" The password to use when logging on to the MQTT server (only valid if the U parameter is also present)
C"client-id" The client ID to use
W"will-message" The will-message to use
T"topic" The topic name to use (only processed if the W parameter is also present)
S"subscription" The subscription name to use
Qnn The quality of service to use, 0 to 2 (only processed if the S parameter is also present)
P"publish" Publish the topic if this is set
Rn 1 = retain, 0 = do not retain (only processed if the P parameter is used)
Dn 1 = duplicate, 0 = don't duplicate (only processed if the P parameter is used)

[To be completed]

M587: Store WiFi host network in list, or list stored networks

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Sccc Network SSID
Pccc Network password
Inn.nn.nn.nn (optional) IP address to use when connected to this network. If zero or not specified then an IP address will be acquired via DHCP.
Jnn.nn.nn.nn (optional) Gateway IP address to use when connected to this network.
Knn.nn.nn.nn (optional) Netmask to use when connected to this network
Lnn.nn.nn.nn (optional, supported only by DuetPi + DSF v3.3 or newer) DNS server to use
Cnnn (supported only by DuetPi + DSF v3.3 or newer) Country code for the WiFi adapter, only required if not set before

If a password or SSID includes space or semicolon characters then it must be enclosed in double quotation marks. For security, do not use this command in the config.g file, or if you do then remove it after running it once so that the network password is not visible in the file.

M587 with no parameters lists all stored SSIDs, but not the stored passwords.

M588: Forget WiFi host network

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Sccc SSID to remove from the networks list

The specified SSID will be removed from the networks list and the associated password cleared out of EEPROM. If the SSID is given as * then all stored networks will be forgotten.

M589: Configure access point parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No No
Parameters
Sccc The SSID that the WiFi interface should use when it is commanded to run as an access point
Pccc The WiFi password
Inn.nn.nn.nn The IP address to use

Note: WPA2 security will be used by default.

M590: Report current tool type and index

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Report the current tool type, which may be "Extruder," "Picker," "Laser," "Foam Cutter," "Milling," or any others implemented by the machine. Also report the tool index, such as "0x01" for the second extruder.

Example
> M590
> echo: Extruder 0x00

M591: Configure filament monitoring

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.21+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This configures filament sensing for the specified extruder. The sensor may be a simple filament presence detector, or a device that measures movement of filament, or both. The action on detecting a filament error is firmware-dependent, but would typically be to run a macro and/or to pause the print and display a message.

Parameters
Cnn Which input the filament sensor is connected to. On Duet electronics: 0=X endstop input, 1=Y endstop input, 2=Z endstop input, 3=E0 endstop input etc.
Dnn Extruder drive number (0, 1, 2...),
Pnn Type of sensor: 0=none, 1=simple sensor (low signal when filament present), 2=simple sensor (high signal when filament present), 3=Duet3D rotating magnet sensor, 4=Duet3D rotating magnet sensor with microswitch, :Snn S0 = disable filament monitoring, S1 = enable filament monitoring. Calibration data may be collected while printing even when filament monitoring is disabled.

5=Duet3D laser filament monitor, 6=Duet3D laser filament monitor with microswitch, 7=pulse-generating sensor

Additional parameters for Duet3D laser filament monitor
Raa:bb Allow the filament movement reported by the sensor to be between aa% and bb% of the commanded values; if it is outside these values and filament monitoring is enabled, the print will be paused
Enn minimum extrusion length before a commanded/measured comparison is done, default 3mm
Additional parameters for Duet3D rotating magnet filament monitor
Lnn Filament movement per complete rotation of the sense wheel, in mm
R, E As for Duet3D laser filament monitor
Additional parameters for a pulse generating filament monitor
Lnn Filament movement per pulse in mm
R, E As for Duet3D laser filament monitor
Examples
M591 D0 C3 P5 S1 R70:130 L24.8 E6.0  ; Duet3D laser sensor for extruder drive 0 is connected to E0 endstop input, 24.8mm/rev, 70% to 130% tolerance, 6mm detection length
M591 D1  ; display filament sensor parameters for extruder drive 1

Note: RepRapFirmware 1.19 and 1.20 also supported filament monitors via M591, but some of the parameters were different.

M592: Configure nonlinear extrusion

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.2.0+ 1.20.1+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Dnn Extruder drive number (0, 1, 2...)
Annn A coefficient in the extrusion formula, default zero
Bnnn B coefficient in the extrusion formula, default zero
Lnnn Upper limit of the nonlinear extrusion compensation, default 0.2
T nnn Reserved for future use, for the temperature at which these values are valid
Example
M592 D0 A0.01 B0.0005 ; set parameters for extruder drive 0
M592 D0 ; report parameters for drive 0

Most extruder drives use toothed shafts to grip the filament and drive it through the hot end. As the extrusion speed increases, so does the back pressure from the hot end, and the increased back pressure causes the amount of filament extruded per step taken by the extruder stepper motor to reduce. This may be because at high back pressures, each tooth compresses and skates over the surface of the filament for longer before it manages to bite. See forum post http://forums.reprap.org/read.php?262,802277 and the graph at http://forums.reprap.org/file.php?262,file=100851,filename=graph.JPG for an example.

Nonlinear extrusion compensates for this effect. The amount of extrusion requested is multiplied by (1 + MIN(L, A*v + B*v^2)) where v is the requested extrusion speed (calculated from the actual speed at which the move will take place) in mm/sec.

Nonlinear extrusion is not applied to extruder-only movements such as retractions and filament loading.

M593: Configure Input Shaping

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes2 3.4+ ??? No Yes 1 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Note: RepRapFirmware 2.02 thru 3.2 implemented a primitive form of input shaping called Dynamic Acceleration Adjustment, supporting just the F parameter. This support has been replaced in RRF 3.4 and later by the more sophisticated forms of input shaping described here.

Parameters
P"type" Type of input shaping to use, not case sensitive. RRF 3.4 supports "none", "zvd", "zvdd", "zvddd", "mzv", "ei2", "ei3" and "custom". RRF 3.3 supports "none" or "daa", and if no P parameter is given but the F parameter is given then "daa" is assumed for compatibility with previous releases.
Fnnn Centre frequency of ringing to cancel in Hz
Snnn (optional) Damping factor of ringing to be cancelled, default 0.1.
Lnnn (optional) Minimum acceleration allowed, default 10mm/sec^2. Input shaping will not be applied if it requires the average acceleration to be reduced below this value.
Hnn:nn... Amplitudes of each impulse except the last, normally below 1.0. Only used with P"custom" parameter.
Tnn:nn Durations of each impulse except the last. Only used with P"custom" parameter.
Prusa-Buddy Parameters1
X Set the input shaper parameters only for the X axis. Also in Marlin 2.x2
Y Set the input shaper parameters only for the Y axis. Also in Marlin 2.x2
W Write current input shaper settings to EEPROM.
Dnnn Set damping ratio. Range 0 to 1. Also in Marlin 2.x2
Fnnn Set frequency. Greater or equal to 0. Also in Marlin 2.x2
Tn Set type. Range 0 to 5.
Rnnn Set vibration reduction. Greater than 0.
Examples (RRF 3.4 and later)
M593 P"zvd" F40.5 ; use ZVD input shaping to cancel ringing at 40.5Hz
M593 P"none"  ; disable input shaping
M593 P"custom" H0.4:0.7 T0.0135:0.0135 ; use custom input shaping
Examples (RRF 3.3)
M593 P"daa" F40.5 ; use DAA to cancel ringing at 40.5Hz
M593 P"none"  ; disable DAA
Examples (Prusa-Buddy)
M593 X T2 F50.7
M593 Y T2 F40.6

Input shaping is most useful to avoid exciting low-frequency ringing, for which S-curve acceleration is ineffective and may make the ringing worse. High-frequency ringing would be better countered by using S-curve acceleration; however, low-frequency ringing is more of a problem in most 3D printers.

The ringing frequencies are best measured using an accelerometer, for which support is provided in RRF 3.3 and later. Alternatively, take a print that exhibits ringing on the perimeters (for example a cube), preferably printed single-wall or external-perimeters-first. Divide the speed at which the outer perimeter was printed (in mm/sec) by the distance between adjacent ringing peaks (in mm). When measuring the distance between peaks, ignore peaks close to the corner where the ringing started (these peaks will be spaced more closely because the print head will have been accelerating in that area).

Cartesian and CoreXY printers will typically have different frequencies of ringing for the X and Y axes. Note that X axis ringing causes artefacts predominantly on the Y face of the test cube, and vice versa. The more advanced forms of input shaping reduce ringing over a wide range of frequencies (for example EI3 covers a range of about 3:1) so that for printers that exhibit significant ringing on both X and Y axes, it is normally possible to choose a shaper that cancels both.

High X and Y jerk values reduce the effectiveness of input shaping; therefore you should set the X and Y jerk limits only as high as necessary to allow curves to be printed smoothly.

M594: Enter/Leave Height Following mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn P1 = enter height following mode, P0 = leave height following mode

Height following mode allows the Z position of the tool to be controlled by a PID controller using feedback from a sensor. See also M951.

If a movement command (e.g. G1) explicitly mentions the Z axis while height following mode is active, existing moves in the pipeline will be allowed to complete and the machine allowed to come to a standstill. Then height following mode will be terminated and the new move executed.

M595: Set movement queue length

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.2+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn Maximum number of moves held in the movement queue. RepRapFirmware uses this value to determine how many DDA objects to allocate.
Snn (optional) Number of pre-allocated per-motor movement objects. If the number of pre-allocated objects is insufficient, RepRapFirmware will attempt to allocate additional omnes dynamically when they are needed.

Different features of motion control firmware may have competing demands on microcontroller RAM. In particular, operations that use many short segments (e.g. laser rastering) need longer movement queues than typical 3D printing, but have fewer motors to control. This command allows the movement queue parameters to be adjusted so that the queue can be lengthened if necessary, or kept short if a long movement queue is not needed and there are other demands on RAM.

M595 without any parameters reports the length of the movement queue and the number of per-motor movement objects allocated.

M596: Select movement queue number

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn Movement queue number. Queues are numbered 0 (the default queue), 1, ...

This command is supported in RepRapFirmware builds that can execute moves on different axis systems asynchronously, for example for concurrent printing of two or more different objects. It specifies that subsequent GCode commands from this input channel should be routed to the specified movement queue and the tool associated with that queue.

The number of available queues is firmware-dependent but will typically be 2. Before using a movement queue other than queue 0 it may be necessary to use M595 to increase the length of that queue, because the default length of movement queues other than the primary one may be quite short.

At the start of a file print, queue 0 is selected automatically.

If M596 is used without the P parameter, it reports the current motion system number for the input channel that the command was received on.

M597: Collision avoidance

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
X,Y...aaa First axis identifier and value
U,V...bbb Second axis identifier and value
Example
M597 V0 Y23.5

This configuration command is intended for use in systems having multiple tool heads that can be moved independently and asynchronously. The axis letters must be different from each other, so must the values of aaa and bbb. Normally, aaa will be zero and bbb will be positive. The command specifies that the machine position of the axis with the higher value must always be at least the difference in values greater than the position of the other axis. In the above example, the position of the Y axis must always be at least 23.5mm greater than the position of the V axis.

When Y and V are driven by independent motion systems and executing moves independently, in any block of GCode between synchronisation points, using this example the minimum of all Y coordinates inside the block (including the initial Y coordinate) must be at least 23.5mm greater than the maximum of the all V coordinates inside the block. If this is not the case, the job will be aborted prior to starting the first move that would cause the conflict.

M598: Sync motion systems

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command has no parameters. It is for systems having multiple motion systems that can be moved independently and asynchronously. It is only valid within a job file. It causes the file reader for each motion system to wait at this instruction until all the file readers have reached it and all moves queued for any motion system have been completed.

Example
M598  ; wait until all motion systems have finished working on this layer
G1 Z0.8  ; change Z for next layer

M599: Define keepout zone

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.5+ No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pn Keepout zone number, default 0
Sn (optional) S1 = activate keepout zone (default if any axes are specified), S0 = deactivate keepout zone
X,Y...aaa:bbb Axis identifier and limits for that axis
Example
M599 X10:25 Y0:20

This command establishes a "no entry" zone for the toolhead reference point. If any G0/G1/G2/G3 move attempts to move the toolhead reference point inside the no entry zone, the job will be aborted with an error message.

You may specify any number of axes, up to the number that the machine has. If no axes are specified and the S parameter is not provided then the parameters and enabled/disabled state of the existing keepout zone will be reported.

Movement commands (G0, G1, G2 and G3) will normally be checked before starting the move.

The number of keepout zones supported is implementation dependent. It may be just one.

M600: Set line cross section

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? ??? ??? ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No Yes ??? No No ???
Example
M600 P0.061

Sets the cross section for a line to extrude in velocity extrusion mode. When the extruder is enabled and movement is executed the amount of extruded filament will be calculated to match the specified line cross section.

M600: Filament change pause

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 2.02 and later ??? Yes1 ??? ??? Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???

Pause for filament change.

Parameters
X[pos]
Y[pos]
Z[relative lift]
E[initial retract]
L[later retract distance for removal]
AUTO Automatically (only Prusa Firmware with MMU connected)1
N (no return) Don't return to the previous position after filament change
Example
M600

In SmoothieWare:

The variable "after_suspend_gcode" is run after M600.

For example:

after_suspend_gcode G91_G0E-5_G0Z10_G90_G0X-50Y-50 # gcode to run after suspend, retract then get head out of way

In RepRapFirmware, M600 causes macro file filament-change.g to be run if it exists, otherwise it falls back to pause.g. The parameters in the M600 command are ignored.

Notes

In Prusa Firmware this command is also used when the Filament Runout Sensor triggers. To prevent filament blobs it will raise to 25 mm if it has been triggered below 25 mm layer height. Default are X=211 mm, Y=0 mm, Z=2 mm, E=-2 mm, L=-80 mm1

M601: Pause print

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? 3.01 and later, or use M226 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Pauses print on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s.

M602: Resume print

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M24 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Resumes print on Prusa i3 MK2/s,MK2.5/s,MK3/s.

M603: Stop print (Prusa i3)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M524 ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Stop print on Prusa i3 MK2/s, MK2.5/s, and MK3/s.

M603: Configure Filament Change

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes ??? ??? dev ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

This command configures Filament Change behavior in Marlin Firmware and in Prusa mini firmware under development.

Parameters
T[toolhead] Select extruder to configure, active extruder if not specified (not used yet)
U[distance] Retract distance for removal, for the specified extruder.
L[distance] Extrude distance for insertion, for the specified extruder.

M605: Set dual x-carriage movement mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M563 No No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Set Dual X-Carriage movement mode.

Parameters
S[mode] Mode (see below)
X[duplication x-offset] Optional X offset for Mode 2
R[duplication temp offset] Optional temperature difference for Mode 2
Example
M605 S1 ; Set mode to auto-park

M605 S0: Full control mode. The slicer has full control over x-carriage movement M605 S1: Auto-park mode. The inactive head will auto park/unpark without slicer involvement M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm]: Duplication mode. The second extruder will duplicate the first with nnn millimeters x-offset and an optional differential hotend temperature of mmm degrees. E.g., with "M605 S2 X100 R2" the second extruder will duplicate the first with a spacing of 100mm in the x direction and 2 degrees hotter.

RepRapFirmware does not implement M605 because it supports dual carriage mode, duplication mode, auto park, different temperatures etc. using the M563 tool definition command and the tool change macro files.

M606: Fork input file reader

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
S[mode] Mode, must be 1 (other values are reserved for future use).
Example
M606 S1 ; Fork input reader

This command is only supported on firmware configurations that support two or more motion systems that execute asynchronously with respect to each other.

If the S1 parameter is present and the command occurs within a job from SD card or other storage media, it causes the input stream to be forked. From that point on, each motion system can read and execute commands from the job file independently of other motion systems. In consequence, when the movement queue of one motion system becomes full, or one motion system is waiting for a tool change or other action to complete, the other motion system(s) can still read and execute commands. In the event that this command is executed from a job file when the input stream has already been forked, it is ignored.

If the S1 parameter is present and the command is used from an input channel other than a file stream then a warning is issued but it is otherwise ignored.

If this command is run without the S parameter then the firmware just reports whether a job is being run from storage media, and if so whether the input stream for that media has been forked.

See also the M596 command that selects a motion system, and the M598 command which is used to synchronise forked input streams at particular point in the file.

M650: Set peel move parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.02 ??? No ??? No ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No ??? ??? ??? ??? No ??? ??? ???

This command is sent by nanoDLP to set the parameters for the peel move used after curing a layer. RepRapFirmware 2.02 ignores it. If using RepRapFirmware 2.03 or later you can create a empty file M650.g to cause it to be ignored.

M651: Execute peel move

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.02 No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command is sent by nanoDLP to execute a peel move after curing a layer. RepRapFirmware 2.02 executes macro /sys/peel-move.g in response to this command. For RepRapFirmware 2.03 and later, create a macro file M651.g containing the commands required to execute the peel move.

M665: Set delta configuration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes No No ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Lnnn Diagonal rod length
Rnnn Delta radius
Snnn Segments per second1
Bnnn Safe probing radius2,3
Hnnn Delta height defined as nozzle height above the bed when homed after allowing for endstop corrections 2
Xnnn X tower position correction2,4
Ynnn Y tower position correction2,4
Znnn Z tower position correction2,4
Annn X tower diagonal rod trim.1 (Marlin 2.0.6+)
Bnnn Y tower diagonal rod trim.1 (Marlin 2.0.6+)
Cnnn Z tower diagonal rod trim.1 (Marlin 2.0.6+)
Examples
M665 L250 R160 S200 ; (Marlin)
M665 L250 R160 B80 H240 X0 Y0 Z0 ; (RepRapFirmware and Marlin 1.1.0)

Set the delta calibration variables. (See the discussion page for notes on this implementation.)

Notes

1Only supported on Marlin.

2Only supported in RepRapFirmware and Marlin 1.1.0.

3 In Marlin 1.1.0 sets the radius on which the probe points are taken for the delta auto calibration routine G33 as well as for the manual LCD calibration menu.

4X, Y and Z tower angular offsets from the ideal (i.e. equilateral triangle) positions, in degrees, measured anti-clockwise looking down on the printer. In Marlin 1.1.0 X,Y and Z tower angular offsets will be rotated so the Z tower angular offset is zero.

M666: Set delta endstop adjustment

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnnn X axis endstop adjustment
Ynnn Y axis endstop adjustment
Znnn Z axis endstop adjustment
Annn X bed tilt in percent1
Bnnn Y bed tilt in percent1
Example
M666 X-0.1 Y+0.2 Z0

Sets delta endstops adjustments.

In RepRapFirmware and Repetier, positive endstop adjustments move the head closer to the bed when it is near the corresponding tower. In Marlin and Smoothieware, negative endstop corrections move the head closer to the bed when it is near the corresponding tower.

In Marlin, only negative endstop corrections are allowed. From version 1.1.0 onward positive endstops are allowed to be entered but the endstops will be normalized to zero or negative and the residue will be subtracted from the delta height defined in M665.

In Repetier the endstop corrections are expressed in motor steps. In other firmwares they are expressed in mm.

1RepRapFirmware 1.16 and later.

M667: Select CoreXY mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn CoreXY mode
Xnnn X axis scale factor (RepRapFirmware 2.02 and earlier)
Ynnn Y axis scale factor (RepRapFirmware 2.02 and earlier)
Znnn Z axis scale factor (RepRapFirmware 2.02 and earlier)
Example
M667 S1

M667 S0 selects Cartesian mode (unless the printer is configured as a delta using the M665 command). Forward motion of the X motor moves the head in the +X direction. Similarly for the Y motor and Y axis, and the Z motor and Z axis. This is the default state of the firmware on power up.

M667 S1 selects CoreXY mode. Forward movement of the X motor moves the head in the +X and +Y directions. Forward movement of the Y motor moves the head in the -X and +Y directions.

M667 S2 selects CoreXZ mode. Forward movement of the X motor moves the head in the +X and +Z directions. Forward movement of the Z motor moves the head in the -X and +Z directions.

RepRapFirmware 2.03 and earlier support additional parameters X, Y and Z may be given to specify factors to scale the motor movements by for the corresponding axes. For example, to specify a CoreXZ machine in which the Z axis moves 1/3 of the distance of the X axis for the same motor movement, use M667 S2 Z3. The default scaling factor after power up is 1.0 for all axes. In RepRapFirmware 2.03 and later, this functionality is moved to the movement matrix that you can define or alter using the M669 command.

To change the motor directions, see the M569 command.

M668: Set Z-offset compensations polynomial

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No dc42-cmm ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Polynomial compensation is an experimental method to compensate for geometric distortion of a delta machine Z-plane. After the bed is compensated with the set of G30 points, there remains error. This method fits a 6th degree polynomial with independent origins for each order to the residual error data (using a simulated annealing technique on the host). The polynomial is communicated and controlled through M668. Because the polynomial takes many floating point operations to compute each point, the firmware builds a grid of values, and used bi-linear interpolation to adjust the actual Z-axis offset error estimate.

For the polynomial used, 40 parameters are specified. The I parameter allows the coefficients to be loaded a few at a time, which limits the size of the G-code string. The index starts with 1, not with 0.

M668 Ix S[list of values] sets the polynomial parameters starting at index x, if index present and != 0.

M668 R recomputes the grid based on the current parameters.

M668 P[0|1] turns off or on the polynomial compensation.

Typical usage
M668 I1 S4.882E-17:0.0
M668 I3 ...
...
M668 R P1

Which sets the list, computes the interpolation grid, and then enables compensation.

M669: Set kinematics type and kinematics parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Knnn Kinematics type: 0 = Cartesian, 1 = CoreXY, 2 = CoreXZ, 3 = linear delta, 4 = serial SCARA, 5 = CoreXYU, 6 = Hangprinter, 7 = polar, 8 = CoreXYUV, 9 = linear delta + Z axis, 10 = rotary delta, 11 = MarkForged, 12 = reserved for Collinear Tripteron

Selects the specified kinematics, then uses the other parameters to configure it. If the K parameter is missing then the other parameters are used to update the configuration data for the current kinematics. If no parameters are given then the current kinematics and configuration parameters are reported

Parameters for generalised Cartesian kinematics (including CoreXY, CoreXZ, MarkForged, CoreXYU etc.)
Xnnn, Ynnn, Znnn, Unnn etc. (optional) Movement matrix coefficients. For example. X1:-1:0 tells the firmware that to move the X axis one unit, the first motor must be moved 1 unit in the forwards direction, the second motor 1 unit in the reverse direction, and the third motor not at all. Using these coefficients, you can specify the kinematics equations for any printer with up to 10 axes for which the movement of each axis is a linear combination of the movements of the individual motors. If these parameters are omitted, the defaults for the specified kinematics (K parameter) will be used.
Parameters for serial SCARA kinematics
Pnnn Proximal arm length (mm)
Dnnn Distal arm length (mm)
Annn:nnn Proximal arm joint movement minimum and maximum angles, in degrees anticlockwise seen from above relative to the X axis
Bnnn:nnn Proximal-to-distal arm joint movement minimum and maximum angles, in degrees anticlockwise seen from above relative to both arms in line
Cnnn:nnn:nnn Crosstalk factors. The first component is the proximal motor steps to equivalent distal steps factor, the second is the proximal motor steps to equivalent Z motor steps factor, and the third component is the distal motor steps to equivalent Z motor steps factor.
Snnn Segments per second if smooth XY motion is approximated by means of segmentation
Tnnn Minimum segment length (mm) if smooth XY motion is approximated by means of segmentation
Xnnn X offset of bed origin from proximal joint
Ynnn Y offset of bed origin from proximal joint
Examples
M669 K4 P300 D250 A-90:90 B-135:135 C0:0:0 S200 X300 Y0

The minimum and maximum arm angles are also the arm angles assumed by the firmware when the homing switches are triggered. The P, D, A and B parameters are mandatory. The C and F parameters default to zero, and the segmentation parameters default to firmware-dependent values.

Parameters for Polar kinematics
Raaa:bbb Minimum and maximum radius in mm. If only one value it given it will be used as the maximum radius, and the minimum radius will be assumed to be zero.
Hnnn Radius in mm at which the homing switch is triggered during a homing move. If this parameter is not present, the homing switch is assumed to trigger at the minimum radius.
Fnnn Maximum turntable speed in degrees per second
Annn Maximum turntable acceleration in degrees per second per second
Snnn, Tnnn As for serial SCARA kinematics

M670: Set IO port bit mapping

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnn:nn:nn... List of logical port numbers that bits 0, 1, 2... control
Tnnn port switching time advance in milliseconds

RepRapFirmware 1.19 and later provides an optional P parameter on the G1 command to allow I/O ports to be set to specified states for the duration of the move. The argument to the P parameter is a bitmap giving the required state of each port. The M669 command specifies the mapping between the bits of that argument and logical port numbers. Optionally, the T parameter can be used to advance the I/O port switching a short time before the corresponding move begins.

M671: Define positions of Z leadscrews or bed leveling screws

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
M422 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Xnn:nn:nn... List of between 2 and 4 X coordinates of the leadscrews that drive the Z axis or the bed leveling screws
Ynn:nn:nn... List of between 2 and 4 Y coordinates of the leadscrews that drive the Z axis or the bed leveling screws
Snn Maximum correction to apply to each leadscrew in mm (optional, default 1.0)
Pnnn Pitch of the bed leveling screws (not used when bed leveling using independently-driven leadscrews). Defaults to 0.5mm which is correct for M3 bed leveling screws.
Example
M671 X-15.0:100.0:215.0 Y220.0:-20.0:220.0  ; Z leadscrews are at (-15,220), (100,-20) and (215,220)

Informs the firmware of the positions of the leadscrews used to raise/lower the bed or gantry. The numbers of X and Y coordinates must both be equal to the number of drivers used for the Z axis (see the M584 command). This allows the firmware to perform bed leveling by adjusting the leadscrew motors individually after bed probing.

For machines without multiple independently-driven Z leadscrews, this command can be used to define the positions of the bed leveling screws instead. Then bed probing can be used to calculate and display the adjustment required to each screw to level the bed. The thread pitch (P parameter) is used to translate the height adjustment needed to the number of turns of the leveling screws.

M672: Program Z probe

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.19+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snn:nn:nn... Sequence of 8-bit unsigned values to send to the currently-selected Z probe
Example
M671 S50:205

This command is for sending configuration data to programmable Z probes such as the Duet3D delta effector. The specified command bytes are sent to the probe. The Duet3D probe stores the configuration data in non-volatile memory, so there is no need to send this command every time the probe is used.

M673: Align plane on rotary axis

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.02+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
U,V,W,A,B,C Rotary axis letter on which the plane is mounted
Pnnn Factor to multiply the correction angle (degrees) with (defaults to 1)
Example
M673 A

This code is intended to align a plane that is mounted on a rotary axis. To make use of this code it is required to take two probe points via G30 P first. Supported in RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later.

M674: Set Z to center point

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No TBD ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This code is intended to determine the Z center point of a stash that is mounted on a rotary axis. This code is yet to be implemented.

M675: Find center of cavity

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 2.02+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
X,Y,Z Axis to probe on
Fnnnn Probing feedrate
Rnnn Distance to move away from the lower endstop before the next probing move starts
Example
M675 X R2 F1200

This code is intended to find the center of a cavity that can be measured using the configured axis endstop. If using a Z probe for this purpose, make sure the endstop type for the corresponding axis is updated before this code is run. Once this code starts, RepRapFirmware will move to the lower end looking for an endstop to be triggered. Once it is triggered, the lower position is saved and the axis maximum is probed. As soon as both triggers have been hit, the center point is calculated and the machine moves to the calculated point.

M700: Level plate

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No M671,G32 ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No
Example
M700

Script to adjust the plate level.

M701: Load filament

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.19+ ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Initiate a filament load. This command can be used without any additional parameters.

Parameters
Snn Filament to load (RepRapFirmware)
Tnn Tool to load (Marlin)
Lnn Length to use for load (Marlin)
Znn Z raise to perform (Marlin)
With no parameters
  • RepRapFirmware will report the name of the loaded filament (if any).
  • Marlin Firmware initiates a Filament Load.
Examples
M701
M701 S"PLA" ; Only in RepRapFirmware
M701 T0     ; Only in Marlin.

RepRapFirmware 1.19 and later implement a filament management mechanism to load and unload different materials. This code may be used to load a material for the active tool, however be aware that this code will work only for tools that have exactly one extruder assigned. When called RepRapFirmware will...

  1. Run the macro file "load.g" in the subdirectory of the given material (e.g. /filaments/PLA/load.g)
  2. Change the filament name of the associated tool, so it can be reported back to Duet Web Control

M702: Unload filament

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 1.19+ ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

Initiate a filament unload. This command can be used without any additional parameters. In contrast to M701 this code is intended to unload the previously loaded filament from the selected tool.

Parameters
Cnn Unload the (current) filament only if the MMU is used (Prusa Firmware)
Tnn Tool to load (Marlin)
Unn Length to use for unload (Marlin)
Znn Z raise to perform (Marlin)

In response to M702 RepRapFirmware will do the following:

  1. Run the macro file "unload.g" in the subdirectory of the given material (e.g. /filaments/PLA/unload.g)
  2. Change the filament name of the current tool, so it can be reported back to Duet Web Control
Examples
M702         ; Unload filament as previously configured
M702 U420 Z2 ; Unload 420mm (Marlin) with a Z raise of 2mm

M703: Configure Filament

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No
  1. In RepRapFirmware this code is used to apply the configuration of a previously loaded filament (see M701). All it does is run /filaments/<loaded filament>/config.g which may contain codes to set parameters like extrusion factor, retraction distances and temperatures. If no filament is assigned to the current tool, this code will not generate a warning.

If the filaments feature is used, it is recommended to put this code into tpost*.g to ensure the right filament parameters are set. Supported in RepRapFirmware 2.02 and newer.

M704: Preload_to_MMU

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Preload filament to MMU can be used to manually load the filament into the MMU.

The MMU will engage the slot and turn the MMU idler pulley until the filament is pushed to the FINDA.

A second unload/load check ensures that the filament is preloaded correctly to the MMU.

Usage

M704 [P]


Parameters
Pnn Index of slot (zero based from 0 to 4)
With no parameters

Does nothing if the P parameter is not present or if MMU is not enabled.


Examples

M704 P0  ;Start preload procedure at slot 0

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Support for MK4 with MMU TBA2

M705: Eject filament

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Eject filament on MMU moves the selector away from the selected slot and pushes some mm of filament towards the front. This is useful to inspect the filament for indents and other issues.

Attention: User interaction is needed to confirm on LCD or MMU button that the inspection, maintenance, ... is done! Printer WILL NOT accept any other gcode.


Usage

M705 [P]


Parameters
Pnn Index of slot (zero based from 0 to 4)
With no parameters

Does nothing if the P parameter is not present or if MMU is not enabled.


Examples

M705 P0  ;Eject filament at slot 0

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Support for MK4 with MMU TBA2

M706: Cut filament

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Preload filament to MMU can be used to manually load the filament into the MMU.

The MMU will engage the slot and turn the MMU Idler pulley until the filament is pushed to the FINDA.

A second unload/load check ensures that the filament is preloaded correctly to the MMU.


Usage

M706 [P]


Parameters
Pnn Index of slot (zero based from 0 to 4)
With no parameters

Does nothing if the P parameter is not present or if MMU is not enabled.


Examples

M706 P0  ;Cut filament at slot 0

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Support for MK4 with MMU TBA2

M707: Read from MMU register

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Reads the MMU register.


Usage

M707 [A]


Parameters
A0xnn Address of register in hexadecimal.
With no parameters

Does nothing if the A parameter is not present or if MMU is not enabled.


Examples

M707 A0x1b  ;Read a 8bit integer from register 0x1b and prints the result onto the serial line.

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Support for MK4 with MMU TBA2

M708: Write to MMU register

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Write to the MMU register.


Usage

M708 [A | X]


Parameters
A0xnn Address of register in hexadecimal.
Xnnnn Data to write (16-bit integer). Default value 0.
With no parameters

Does nothing if the A parameter is not present or if MMU is not enabled.


Examples

M708 A0x1b X05  ;Write to register 0x1b the value 05.

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Support for MK4 with MMU TBA2

M709: MMU power & reset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes1 Yes2 No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

The MK3S cannot not power off the MMU, but we can en- and disable the MMU and will be also stored in EEPROM.

The new state of the MMU is stored in printer's EEPROM - i.e. if you disable the MMU via M709, it will not be activated after the printer resets.

Usage

M709 [S|X]


Parameters
Xnnnn Reset MMU (0:soft reset | 1:hardware reset | 42: erase MMU eeprom)
Snnnn En-/disable the MMU (0:off | 1:on)


Examples

M709 X0  ;issue an X0 command via communication into the MMU (soft reset)

M709 X1  ;toggle the MMU's reset pin (hardware reset)

M709 S1  ;enable MMU

M709 S0  ;disable MMU

M709  ;Serial message if en- or disabled 1

Supported on Prusa MK3S+ from firmware version 3.13.0 with MMU firmware 2.1.9 and newer. 1

Supported on Prusa MK4 from firmware version 5.1.0 with MMU firmware 3.0.1 and newer. 2

M710: Firmware dependent

M710: Controller Fan settings
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.5.2+ No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No


Parameters
With no parameters, report current settings.
A[bool] Turn Auto Mode on or off.
Snnn Set the Active Speed (0-255) used when motors are enabled.
Innn Set the Idle Speed (0-255) used when motors are disabled.
Dnnn Set the Idle Duration (seconds) to keep the fan running after motors are disabled.
R Reset to defaults.
Example
M710 S200 ; Set "active" fan speed to 200
M710: Erase the EEPROM and reset the board
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No M999 No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

This command only exists in a defunct bq fork of Marlin Firmware.

Example
M710

M711: Calibrate pressure advance

M750: Enable 3D scanner extension

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M750

This code may be used as an OEM extension to enable scanner functionality in the firmware. After a regular start of RepRapFirmware, the 3D scan extension is disabled by default, but if additional scanner components are attached, this code may be used to enable certain OEM functions.

M751: Register 3D scanner extension over USB

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M751

When a 3D scanner board is attached to the USB port, this code is used to turn on communication between the 3D printing and the scanner board. If the USB connection is removed while the 3D scanner configuration is active, the firmware will disable it again and restore the default communication parameters.

M752: Start 3D scan

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn: Length/degrees of the scan
Rnnn: Resolution (new in RRF 2.0) [optional, defaults to 100]
Nnnn: Scanner mode (new in RRF 2.0) [optional, 0=Linear (default), 1=Rotary]
Pnnn: Filename for the scan
Example
M752 S300 Pmyscan

Instruct the attached 3D scanner to initiate a new 3D scan and to upload it to the board's SD card (i.e. in the "scans" directory). Before the SCAN command is sent to the scanner, the macro file "scan_pre.g" is executed and when the scan has finished, the macro file "scan_post.g" is run. Be aware that both files must exist to avoid error messages.

M753: Cancel current 3D scanner action

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M753

Instruct the attached 3D scanner to cancel the current operation. Cancelling uploads is not supported.

M754: Calibrate 3D scanner

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Nnnn Calibration mode (0=linear [default], 1=rotary)
Example
M754

Calibrates the attached 3D scanner. Before the calibration is performed by the external scanner, "calibrate_pre.g" is run and when it is complete, "calibrate_post.g" is executed.

M755: Set alignment mode for 3D scanner

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Whether to turn on (> 0) or off (<= 0) the alignment feature
Examples
M755 P1
M755 P0

Sends the ALIGN ON/OFF command the attached 3D scanner. Some devices turn on a laser when this command is received. If the 'P' parameter is missing, equal to, or less than 0, the alignment feature is turned off. Depending on whether the alignment is turned on or off, either align_on.g or align_off.g is executed before the ALIGN command is sent to the scanner.

M756: Shutdown 3D scanner

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.18+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Example
M756

Sends the SHUTDOWN command the attached 3D scanner.

M800: Fire start print procedure

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
bq No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

1 only in bq-Marlin Firmware

Example
M800

M801: Fire end print procedure

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
bq No ??? ??? ??? No No ??? bq
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

1 only in bq-Marlin Firmware

Example
M801

M808: Set or Goto Repeat Marker

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.8 Planned for 3.3 No No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

The M808 L[count] command is used in a G-code file to set a Repeat Marker beginning at the start of the following line. For an SD print, the firmware will save a marker with the file's byte position and the count given by the L parameter. To set an infinite loop use L0. To terminate an infinite loop from the host, M808 K will cancel all current loops.

The M808 command (no parameters) will cause G-code processing to loop back to the previous Repeat Marker as many times as specified. Ideally, each instance of M808 L should have a corresponding M808.

The number of nested M808 L commands is limited to the depth set in the firmware. To enable this feature in Marlin, define GCODE_REPEAT_MARKERS. Hosts should look for Cap:REPEAT. At this time the feature only applies to printing direct from media and otherwise M808 is ignored, so host developers are free to come up with their own approach to these codes with no nesting limit and make it work with any old firmware.

Example
M808 L10        ; Set Marker to repeat 10 times
M300 P100 S440  ; Beep!
M300 P10 S0     ; Silence
M808            ; End Marker

RepRapFirmware processes M808 as follows:

- M808 S{ccc} translates into while ccc followed by block begin. ccc must yield true or false. For more on while-loops and expressions in RepRapFirmware, see https://duet3d.dozuki.com/Wiki/GCode_Meta_Commands.
- M808 Lnn is equivalent to M808 S{nn == 0 || iterations < nn}.
- M808 without S or L parameter ends the block.
- As usual, predefined constant iterations reports the number of completed iterations of the innermost loop.
- M808 without S or L parameter when not inside a loop, or any M808 command in an input stream other than a SD print file, gives rise to an error message.
M808 in Marlin 2.0.8
M808 L         ; Set marker to repeat infinitely
M300 P100 S440 ; Beep!
M300 P10 S0    ; Silence
M808           ; End marker
M808 K         ; Sent from host to cancel the loop

M810-M819: G-code macros stored in memory or flash not filename

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? ??? ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No ??? No

Use the M810-M819 commands to set and execute 10 distinct G-code “macros.” Put anything after the command to define its macro. To run the macro just send M810-M819 by itself. Multiple commands in one macro are separated by the pipe character (‘|’).1 only in bq-Marlin Firmware. to run macro type M810-M819 with no comments.


Define Macro to do some moves and make a beep We use M815 but M810-M19 can be used.

Example

M815 G0 X0 Y0|G0 Z10|M300 S440 P50

To run macro

M815

M851: Set Z-Probe Offset

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes 2.02 and later, or use G31 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? Wip Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? No ???

Sets the Z-probe Z offset. This offset is used to determine the actual Z position of the nozzle when using a probe to home Z with G28. This value may also be used by G29 to apply correction to the Z position.

This value represents the distance from nozzle to the bed surface at the point where the probe is triggered. This value will be negative for typical switch probes, inductive probes, and setups where the nozzle makes a circuit with a raised metal contact. This setting will be greater than zero on machines where the nozzle itself is used as the probe, pressing down on the bed to press a switch (this is a common setup on Delta machines).

This setting is saved in the EEPROM by M500 and restored by M501. The default (as reset by M502) is set by the Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER setting in Configuration.h.

Note that in Marlin 1.1.0 and later M851 sets the value literally as given, while Marlin 1.0.2 negates the absolute value.

The examples below will set the Z-probe Z offset to -4 mm (below the nozzle):

M851 in Marlin 1.0.2
M851 Z4 ; Set the Z probe offset to -4
M851 in Marlin 1.1.0
M851 Z-4 ; Set the Z probe offset to -4
M851 in Marlin 2.0.0
M851 X-22 Y3 Z-4 ; Set the probe XYZ offsets
M851 in MK4duo 4.3.25
M851 X2 Y-5 Z-4 ; Set the probe offset to X=2, Y=-5 and Z=-4
M851 in RepRapFirmware 2.02 and later

M851 Znn is implemented for backwards compatibility with other firmwares. It sets the Z probe trigger in the same way as G31 Z-nn (note the sign reversal). It also flags the Z-probe G31 parameters as to be saved in config-override.g if the M500 command is used.

M860 Wait for Probe Temperature

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnnn Target temperature
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this command will wait for the PINDA thermistor to reach a target temperature.

M861 Set Probe Thermal Compensation

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use G31 ??? Yes ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
? Print current EEPROM offset values
! Set factory default values
Z Set all values to 0 (effectively disabling PINDA temperature compensation)
S Microsteps
I Table index
Example
M861 ?

Results

PINDA cal status: 1
index, temp, ustep, um
n/a, 35, 0, 0.00
0, 40, 0, 0.00
1, 45, 0, 0.00
2, 50, 0, 0.00
3, 55, 0, 0.00
4, 60, 0, 0.00
Notes

In Prusa Firmware this command will set / read the PINDA temperature compensation offsets.

M862: Print checking

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

Checks the parameters of the printer and gcode and performs compatibility check

M862.1: Check nozzle diameter
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnnn nnnn = Nozzle diameter 0.25 /0.40 /0.60
Q Current nozzle diameter

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

Example messages
warn Printer nozzle diameter differs from the G-code. Continue?
strict Printer nozzle diameter differs from the G-code. Please check the value in settings. Print cancelled.
M862.2: Check model code
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnnn nnnn = Prusa model
Q Current model

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

Accepted printer type identifiers and their numeric counterparts:

     - MK1         (100)
     - MK2         (200)       
     - MK2MM       (201)     
     - MK2S        (202)      
     - MK2SMM      (203)    
     - MK2.5       (250)     
     - MK2.5MMU2   (20250) 
     - MK2.5S      (252)    
     - MK2.5SMMU2S (20252)
     - MK3         (300)
     - MK3MMU2     (20300)
     - MK3S        (302)
     - MK3SMMU2S   (20302)
Example messages
warn G-code sliced for a different printer type. Continue?
strict G-code sliced for a different printer type. Please re-slice the model again. Print cancelled.
M862.3: Model name
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
P"nnnn" nnnn = Prusa model name
Q Current model name

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

It accepts text identifiers of printer types too. The syntax of M862.3 is (note the quotes around the type):

M862.3 P "MK3S"
Example messages
warn G-code sliced for a different printer type. Continue?
strict G-code sliced for a different printer type. Please re-slice the model again. Print cancelled.
M862.4: Firmware version
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M115 or object model ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnnn nnnn = Prusa firmware version
Q Current firmware version

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

Example messages
warn G-code sliced for a newer firmware. Continue?
strict G-code sliced for a newer firmware. Please update the firmware. Print cancelled.
M862.5: Gcode level
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnnn nnnn = Gcode level
Q Current Gcode level

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

Example messages
warn G-code sliced for a different level. Continue?
strict G-code sliced for a different level. Please re-slice the model again. Print cancelled.
M862.6: Firmware features
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? No Yes ??? ??? No ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
P"cccc" cccc = Firmware Features
Q Current Firmware Features

When run with P<> argument, the check is performed against the input value. When run with Q argument, the current value is shown.

Example messages
always G-code isn't fully compatible. misssing requested features: Input shaper Abort.

M871: PTC Configuration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M871 allows you to modify the Z adjustments corresponding to temperatures.

Parameters
B Set the Z adjustment for bed temperature
P Set the Z adjustment for probe temperature
E Set the Z adjustment for extruder temperature
Examples
M871 B V0.1 I3  ; Set Z adjustment for bed temp index 3 to 0.1
M871 E V-1 I2   ; Set Z adjustment for extruder temp index 3 to -1

M876: Dialog handling

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M291 ??? No ??? No No Experimental Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn signal support for dialog creation on the host = 1, disable = 0
Snnn select dialog option nnn (0 based)
Example
M876 P1
M876 S1

M876 S<n> allows selecting an option of a prompt on a connected host created by the firmware through the corresponding action commands, see G-code#Action_commands. The S parameter is the 0-based index of the chosen option - 0 for the first option provided by the firmware, 1 for the second and so on.

Example: A prompt with three options defined via the firmware and completed by the host by selecting the second option ("Home X/Y and pause print")

 <<< //action:prompt_begin Filament runout detected. Please choose how to proceed:
 <<< //action:prompt_choice Swap filament
 <<< //action:prompt_choice Home X/Y and pause print
 <<< //action:prompt_choice Abort print
 <<< //action:prompt_show
 >>> M876 S1

To indicate the availability of this function, M115 will add an extra line:

Cap:PROMPT_SUPPORT:1

so hosts know about the presence of the function.

M890 Run User Gcode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use macro file M890.g ??? No ??? No No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn select 1 - 5 User Gcode defined in configuration.
Example
M890 S2  ; Start User Gcode 2

M900 Set Linear Advance Scaling Factors

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
1.1.0 use M572 ??? Yes ??? No No Wip Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No Yes No

Sets the advance extrusion factors for Linear Advance. If any of the R, W, H, or D parameters are set to zero the ratio will be computed dynamically during printing.

Parameters
K[factor] Advance K factor
R[ratio] Set ratio directly (overrides WH/D)
W[width] H[height] D[diam] Set ratio from WH/D
Examples
M900 K0.7 W0.4 H0.1 D1.75 ; Set K and WH/D ratio
M900 R0.025   ; Set the WH/D ratio directly
M900 R0 ; Set to "auto ratio"

Requires enabling the LIN_ADVANCE feature in Marlin 1.1.

The K factor in the M900 command supported by early versions of Marlin is related to the S factor in the long-established M572 command supported by RepRapFirmware by the following formula:

K = S * extruder_steps_per_mm

More recent versions of Marlin appear to have removed the steps/mm dependency, so now K = S.

M905: Set local date and time

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.16+ ??? No ??? No No Yes1 No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Pnnn Set current date in the format YYYY-MM-DD
Snnn Set current time in the format HH:MM:SS
Example
M905 P2016-10-26 S00:23:12  

Updates the machine's local date and time or reports them if no parameters are specified. The time should be specified in 24-hours format as in "13:45" instead of 1:45PM.

Note1 in Druid Firmware
minor differences in parameters:
M905 Snnn Current time in the format HH:MM:SS or HH:MM (Seconds can be omitted)
M905 R Reset the printer to UPTIME (time since power up) and date to DEFAULT 2000-01-01
When Druid Firmware is used with Repetier Server, the date and time are set automatically at each connection.

M906: Set motor currents

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No M907? USE M907 No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No ???
Parameters
Xnnn X drive motor current
Ynnn Y drive motor current
Znnn Z drive motor current
Ennn E drive(s) motor current(s)
Innn Motor idle current in percent (0..100)
Example
M906 X300 Y500 Z200 E350:350

Sets the currents to send to the stepper motors for each axis. The values are the peak current per phase in milliamps.

The I parameter is the percentage of normal that the motor currents should be reduced to when the printer becomes idle but the motors have not been switched off. The default value is 30%. On delta printers in particular you may need to increase it to e.g. 60% to prevent the carriages from dropping when the current is reduced to the idle value.

M907: Set digital trimpot motor current

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Use M906 ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes Yes1 Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No ???

Set digital trimpot motor current using axis codes (X, Y, Z, E, B, S). In Repetier, it sets the current in Percent. In Redeem, it sets the current in Amps (whereas M906 uses milliamps).



Differences with Druid Firmware1

Parameters
M907 Xnnn Set X stepper current
M907 Ynnn Set Y stepper current
M907 Znnn Set Z stepper current
M907 Annn Set E0 stepper current
M907 Bnnn Set E1 stepper current
M907 Innn Set Idle current % (see note 2)
M907 S Reset all values to Firmware default
M907 Report all values (X,Y,Z,A,B) in mA, and idle (I) as %

- When setting X,Y,Z,A,B current, The range in which, the values provided are, will automatically determine their UNITS (Amps, % or mA) as follow: Values between...

0.10 ... 2.50 --> Unit is Amps (0.10 A ... 2.50 A)
20 ... 200 --> Unit is Percentage (20 % ... 200 %) of nominal values set in Druid Firmware
250 ... 2500 --> Unit is milliamps (250 mA ... 2500 mA)

- Any values outside those ranges, will be ignored.

Exemple
M907 X800 Y800 A600     ;values are processed as mA
M907 X80 Y80 A120       ;values are processed as % of firmware default
M907 X0.75 Y0.75 Z0.5   ;values are processed as Amps 
M907                    ;Report all values (X,Y,Z,A,B) in mA, and idle (I) as %
M907 S                  ;reset all values to Firmware default
Note2
The percentage parameter "I", is used to lower the current, when the printer is idle, but motors are not switched off. 
It Allows positions to be held without heating up the coils. (default is 50%, range is 10% ... 90%)

M908: Control digital trimpot directly

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? No1 ??? 0.92 No No Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???

M908 P<pin> S<current>

Notes

In Prusa Firmware this G-code is deactivated by default, must be turned on in the source code.1

M909: Set microstepping

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Use M350 Use M350 ??? ??? ??? Use M350 No No Use M350
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No ??? ???
Example
M909 X3 Y5 Z2 E3

Set the microstepping value for each of the steppers. In Redeem this is implemented as powers of 2 so…

M909 X2 ; set microstepping on X-axis to 2^2 = 4
M909 Y3 ; set microstepping on Y-axis to 2^3 = 8 etc.

M910: Set decay mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Use M569 ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No Yes No No ???
Example
M910 X3 Y5 Z2 E3

Set the decay mode for each stepper controller The decay mode controls how the current is reduced and recycled by the H-bridge in the stepper motor controller. It varies how the implementations are done in silicone between controllers. Typically you have an on phase where the current flows in the target current, then an off phase where the current is reversed and then a slow decay phase where the current is recycled.

M910: TMC2130 init

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M911: Configure auto save on loss of power ("power panic")

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Saaa Auto save threshold in volts. The print will be stopped automatically and resume parameters saved if the voltage falls below this value. Set to around 1V to 2V lower than the voltage that appears at the Duet VIN terminals at full load. A negative or zero value disables auto save.
Raaa Resume threshold in volts. Must be greater than the auto save voltage. Set to a high value to disable auto resume.
P"command string" G-Code commands to run when the print is stopped.
Example
M911 S19.8 R22.0 P"M913 X0 Y0 G91 M83 G1 Z3 E-5 F1000"

When the supply voltage falls below the auto save threshold while a print from SD card is in progress, all heaters will be turned off, printing will be stopped immediately (probably in the middle of a move), the position saved, and the specified command string executed. You should typically do the following in the command string:

  • If possible, use M913 to reduce the motor current in order to conserve power. For example, on most printers except deltas you can probably set the X and Y motor currents to zero.
  • Retract a little filament and raise the head a little. Ideally the retraction should happen first, but depending on the power reserve when low voltage is detected, it may be best to do both simultaneously.

M911 with no parameters displays the current enable/disable state, and the threshold voltages if enabled.

Note: RepRapFirmware 1.19 used different parameters. You are recommended to upgrade to version 1.20 or later if you wish to use this "power panic" functionality.

M911: Set TMC2130 holding currents

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M917 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M912: Set electronics temperature monitor adjustment

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No No No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn Temperature monitor channel, default 0
Snnn Value to be added to the temperature reading in degC
Example
M912 P0 S10.5

Many microcontrollers used to control 3D printers have built-in temperature monitors, but they normally need to be calibrated for temperature reading offset. The S parameter specifies the value that should be added to the raw temperature reading to provide a more accurate result.

M912: Set TMC2130 running currents

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M906 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M913: Set motor percentage of normal current

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No USE M907 No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
X, Y, Z, E Percentage of normal current to use for the specified axis or extruder motor(s)
Example
M913 X50 Y50 Z50 ; set X Y Z motors to 50% of their normal current
M913 E30:30 ; set extruders 0 and 1 to 30% of their normal current

This allows motor currents to be set to a specified percentage of their normal values as set by M906. It can be used (for example) to reduce motor current during course homing, to make homing quieter or to reduce the risk of damage to endstops, to reduce motor current when using sensorless endstops (motor stall detection), and to reduce current while loading filament to guard against the possibility of feeding too much filament. Use M913 again with the appropriate parameters set to 100 to restore the normal currents.

M913: Print TMC2130 currents

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M914: Set/Get Expansion Voltage Level Translator

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Alligator build only ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No ???
Parameters
S Expansion voltage signal level, must be 3 or 5
Example
M914 S5 ; set expansion signal level to 5V
M913 ; report expansion signal voltage level

M914: Set TMC2130 normal mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M915: Configure motor stall detection

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Pnnn:nnn:... Drive number(s) to configure
X,Y,Z,U,V,W,A,B,C Axes to configure (alternative to using the P parameter)
Snnn Stall detection threshold (-64 to +63, values below -10 not recommended)
Fn Stall detection filter mode, 1 = filtered (one reading per 4 full steps), 0 = unfiltered (default, 1 reading per full step)
Hnnn (optional) Minimum motor full steps per second for stall detection to be considered reliable, default 200
Tnnn (optional) Coolstep control register, 16-bit unsigned integer
Rn Action to take on detecting a stall from any of these drivers: 0 = no action (default), 1 = just log it, 2 = pause print, 3 = pause print, execute macro file /sys/rehome.g, and resume print
Examples
M915 P0:2:3 S10 F1 R0
M915 X Y S5 R2

This sets the stall detection parameters and optionally the low-load current reduction parameters for TMC2660, TMC2130 or similar driver chips. Use either the P parameter to specify which driver number(s) you want to configure, or the axis names of the axes that those motors drive (the parameters will then be applied to all the drivers associated with any of those axes).

If any of the S, F, T and R parameters are absent, the previous values for those parameters associated with the specified drivers will continue to be used. If all the parameters are absent, the existing settings for the specified drives will be reported.

See the Trinamic TMC2660 and TMC2130 datasheets for more information about the operation and limitations of motor stall detection.

M915: Set TMC2130 silent mode

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M569 to select StealthChop mode ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M916: Resume print after power failure

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
none
Example
M916

If the last print was not completed and resume information has been saved (either because the print was paused or because of a power failure), then the heater temperatures, tool selection, head position, mix ratio, mesh bed compensation height map etc. are restored from the saved values and printing is resumed.

RepRapFirmware also requires macro file /sys/resurrect-prologue.g to be present on the SD card before you can use M915. This file is executed after the heater temperatures have been set, but before waiting for them to reach the assigned temperatures. You should put commands in this file to home the printer as best as you can without disturbing the print on the bed. To wait for the heaters to reach operating temperature first, use command M116 at the start of the file.

M916: Set TMC2130 Stallguard sensitivity threshold

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? Use M915 ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M917: Set motor standstill current reduction

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
X,Y,Z,E Percentage of normal current to use when the motor is standing still or moving slowly, default 100
Example
M917 X70 Y70 Z80 E70:70

Some motor drivers (e.g. TMC2660) allow higher motor currents to be used while the motor is moving than when it is at standstill. This command sets the percentage of the current set by M906 that is to be used when the motor is stationary but not idle, or moving very slowly.

Standstill current reduction is not the same as idle current reduction. The standstill current must be high enough to produce accurate motion at low speeds; whereas the idle current (set using the I parameter in the M906 command) needs only to be high enough to hold the motor position sufficiently so that when the current is restored to normal, the position is the same as it was before the current was reduced to idle.

M917: Set TMC2130 PWM amplitude offset (pwm_ampl)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M918: Configure direct-connect display

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.21+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???

This command is used to tell RepRapFirmware about a directly-connected dumb LCD or similar display.

Parameters
P Directly-connected display type: 0 = none (default), 1 = 128x64 pixel mono graphics display using ST7920 controller, 2 = 128x64 mono display using ST7567 controller
E The number of pulses generated by the rotary encoder per detent. Typical values are 2 and 4. Negative values (e.g. -2 and -4) reverse the encoder direction.
F (optional, supported in RRF 2.03 and later) SPI clock frequency in Hz, default 2000000 (i.e. 2MHz)
C (optional, supported in RRF 3.2 and later) Display contrast, in range 0 to 100. Only used with ST7567-based displays. ST7920-based displays usually have a contrast potentiometer instead.
R (optional, supported in RRF 3.2 and later) Display resistor ratio, in range 1 to 7. Only used with ST7567-based displays. The default value of 6 is suitable for the Fysetc Mini 12864 display. Some other displays need 3.
Example
M918 P1 E2

M918: Set TMC2130 PWM amplitude gradient (pwm_grad)

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Not active in default, only if TMC2130_SERVICE_CODES_M910_M918 is defined in source code.

M928: Start SD logging

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes No ??? Yes ??? No No ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Example
M928 filename.g

Stop SD logging with M29.

M929: Start/stop event logging to SD card

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 1.20+ ??? Yes ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
P"filename" The name of the file to log to. Only used if the S1 parameter is used. A default filename will be used if this parameter is missing.
Sn S1 = start logging, S0 = stop logging
Example
M929 P"eventlog.txt" S1  ; start logging to file eventlog.txt
M929 S0  ; stop logging

When event logging is enabled, important events such as power up, start/finish printing, most error messages and (if possible) power down will be logged to the SD card. Each log entry is a single line of text, starting with the date and time if available, or the elapsed time since power up if not. If the log file already exists, new log entries will be appended to the existing file.

M950: Create heater, fan or GPIO/servo device

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Dn SD card slot number (RRF 3.4 on Duet 3 MB6HC only - the only value supported is 1)
Enn LED strip number (RRF 3.5 and later)
Fnn Fan number
Hnn Heater number
Jnn GP input number
Pnn or Snn GPIO or Servo number (the only difference is the default PWM frequency)
Rnn Spindle number *RRF 3.3 and later)
C"name" Pin name(s) and optional inversion status. Pin name "nil" frees up the pin. A leading '!' character inverts the output. A leading '^' character enables the pullup resistor. The '^' and '!' characters may be placed in either order.
Qnn (optional) For fans and heaters: PWM frequency in Hz. For LED strips: clock frequency in Hz.
Tnn Temperature sensor number, required when creating a heater; or LED strip type when creating an LED port
Kaaa:bbb:ccc (optional, for spindles only, RRF 3.5 and later) Optional PWM values (0..1) for spindle control (max [aaa] - or - min, max [aaa:bbb] - or - min, max, idle [aaa:bbb:ccc])
Examples
M950 H1 C"out1" Q100 T1 ; create heater 1 using temperature sensor 1
M950 H2 C"nil" ; disable heater 2 and free up the associated pin
M950 H2 C"1.out0" T2 ; create heater 2 using pin out0 on expansion board 1 and temperature sensor 2
M950 F3 C"heater2" Q100 ; Fan 3 is connected to heater 2 pin, PWM at 100Hz
M950 P0 C"exp.heater3" ; create GPIO port 0 attached to heater 3 pin on expansion connector
M950 F2 C"!fan2+^pb6" ; Fan 2 uses the Fan2 output, but we are using a PWM fan so the output needs to be inverted, also we are using PB6 as a tacho input with pullup resistor enabled
M950 D1 C"spi.cs0+spi.cs2" ; on Duet 3 MB6HC support external SD card using pins spi.cs0 and spi.cs2 for the CS and Card Detect pins respectively

M950 is used to create heaters, fans, LED strip ports and GP in and out ports and to assign pins to them. Each M950 command assigns a pin or pins to a single device. So every M950 command must have exactly one of the D, E, F, H, J, P or S parameters.

If a M950 command has C and/or Q parameters, then the pin allocation and/or frequency of any existing device will be changed accordingly. Otherwise, the current configuration will be reported.

When using M950 to create a heater, you must first use M308 to define a temperature sensor to control that heater, and specify its number in the T parameter of the M950 command.

M951: Set height following mode parameters

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Snn or Hnn Sensor number
Pnn.n Proportional factor, in mm per sensor unit
Inn.n Integral factor, in mm per sensor unit per second
Dnn.n Derivative factor, in mm per rate of change of sensor units (change in sensor unit per second)
Fnn.n (optional) Sample and correction frequency (Hz), default 5Hz
Znn.n:nn.n Minimum and maximum permitted Z values

Height following mode allows the Z position of the tool to be controlled by a PID controller using feedback from a sensor. See also M594.

If commanding the motors to increase Z causes the sensor value to increase, then all of P, I and D must be positive. If commanding the motors to increase Z causes the sensor value to decrease, then all of P, I and D must be negative.

M952: Set CAN expansion board address and/or normal data rate

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Bn Existing CAN address of expansion board to be changed, 1 to 125.
An New CAN address of that expansion board, 1 to 125.
Sn.n Requested bit rate in Kbits/second (1K = 1000)
T0.n Fraction of the bit time between the bit start and the sample point (optional)
J0.n Maximum jump time as a fraction of the bit time (optional)
Example
M952 B120 A11  ; change the CAN address of expansion board 101 to 11
M952 B11 S500  ; change the CAN bit rate or expansion board 11 to 500kbps

Some CAN-connected expansion boards are too small to carry address selection switches. Such boards default to a standard address, which can be changed using this command.

This command can also be used to change the normal data rate, for example if the printer has CAN bus cables that are too long to support the standard data rate (1Mbits/sec in RepRapFirmware). All boards in the system on the same CAN bus must use the same CAN data rate. The procedure for changing the data rate is:

  • Use M952 to change the data rate on all the expansion boards, one at a time. After changing the data rate on each expansion board, you will no longer be able to communicate with it, and you may need to power it down or disconnect it from the CAN bus to prevent it interfering with subsequent CAN communications.
  • Change the data rate of the main board last. Then the main board should be able to communicate with all the expansion boards again.

M953: Set CAN-FD bus fast data rate

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.0+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Sn.n Requested bit rate in Kbits/second (1K = 1000). Ignored if it is lower than the bit rate for the negotiation phase.
T0.n Fraction of the bit time between the bit start and the sample point (optional)
J0.n Maximum jump time as a fraction of the bit time (optional)
Caa:bb Transceiver delay compensation offset and minimum, in nanoseconds (optional)
Example
M953 S4000 T0.6 J0.2

This command allows the bandwidth of the CAN bus to be optimised, by increasing the data rate during transmission of CAN-FD data packets using the BRS (bit rate switch) feature. The maximum speed supported by CAN-FD is 8Mbits/sec but the practical limit depends on the cable length, cable quality, number of devices on the bus and CAN interface hardware used. The rate specified will be rounded down to the nearest achievable rate.

The optional C parameter allows fine-tuning of the transmitter delay compensation. The first parameter is the offset added to the measured transmitter delay. The optional second value, which must be greater than the first, is the minimum delay compensation applied. Glitches seen by the receiver while the transceiver delay is being measured will be ignored if they would result in a transceiver delay compensation lower than this value. When CAN is implemented on Microchip SAME5x and SAMC21 processors, these values are converted from nanoseconds into time quanta and stored in the TDCO and TDCF fields of the transceiver delay compensation register.

M954: Configure as CAN expansion board

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.3+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Ann CAN address to use (required)

This command is used to reconfigure the board it is executed on as a CAN-connected expansion board. It would typically be the only command in the config.g file. When it is executed, the board changes its CAN address to the one specified in the A parameter, stops sending CAN time sync messages, and responds to requests received via CAN just like a regular expansion board. A few GCode commands can still be executed locally for diagnostic purposes, for example M111 and M122.

M955: Configure Accelerometer

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters (provisional)
Pnn or Pbb.nn Accelerometer to use (required)
Inn Accelerometer orientation
Snnn Sample rate (Hz)
Rnn Resolution (bits), typically 8, 10 or 12

This command configures an accelerometer.

The P parameter selects which accelerometer to use and is mandatory. To use an accelerometer on a CAN-connected expansion board, use the form Pboard-address.device-number for example P22.0.

If none of the other parameters are provided, the current configuration of the specified accelerometer is reported. Otherwise the configuration of that accelerometer is adjusted according to the I, S, and R parameters. These configuration settings persist until they are changed.

The I (orientation) parameter tells the firmware which of the 24 possible orientations the accelerometer chip is in relative to the printer axes. It is expressed as a 2-digit number. The first digit specifies which machine direction the Z axis of the accelerometer chip (usually the top face of the chip) faces, as follows: 0 = +X, 1 = +Y, 2 = +Z, 4 = -X, 5 = -Y, 6 = -Z. The second digit expresses which direction the X axis of the accelerometer chip faces, using the same code. If the accelerometer chip axes line up with the machine axis, the orientation is 20. This is the default orientation if no orientation has been specified.

The S and R parameters control how the accelerometer is programmed. The R parameter is ignored unless the S parameter is also provided. If S is provided but R is missing, a default resolution is used. The sensor resolution will be adjusted to be no greater than the value of the R parameter (or the minimum supported resolution if greater), then the sensor sampling rate will be adjusted to a value supported at that resolution that is close to the S parameter. The actual rate and resolution selected can be found by using M955 with just the P parameter.

M956: Collect accelerometer data and write to file

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
Pnn or Pbb.nn Accelerometer to use (required)
Snnn Number of samples to collect (required)
X and/or Y and/or Z Machine axes to collect data for. If no axes are specified, data is collected for all three axes.
An (required) 0 = activate immediately, 1 = activate just before the start of the next move, 2 = activate just before the start of the deceleration segment of the next move
Kn (optional, default 0) Skip the specified number of moves before activating (use with A1 or A2)

This command causes the specified number of accelerometer samples to be collected and saved to a .csv file on the SD card.

The P parameter selects which accelerometer to use and is mandatory. To use an accelerometer on a CAN-connected expansion board, use the form Pboard-address.device-number for example P22.0.

M957: Raise event

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No 3.4+ ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters
E"type" Event type name
Dnn Device number to which the event relates, optionally including the CAN address of the board concerned
Pnn (optional) additional data about the event (unsigned integer)
Bnn (optional) CAN address that the event should appear to originate from
S"text" (optional) Short text string to be appended to the event message

This command is used to raise an event internally as if the event had actually occurred, and execute any related handler macro for that event. Its main use is to test event handler macros.

The event type names are firmware-dependent. In RepRapFirmware they are: heater_fault, driver_error, filament_error, driver_warning, driver_stall and mcu_temperature_warning.

The meaning of the device number depends on the event type. For a driver error it is the local driver number. For a heater fault it is the heater number. For a filament error it is the extruder number.

The meaning of the optional additional parameter also depends on the event type. For example, for a driver error it is the driver status.

M958: Excite harmonic vibration

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No No ???
Parameters (provisional)
X or Y or Z Machine axis
Fnnn Frequency (Hz)
Annn Acceleration (mm/s2)
Snnn Duration (s)

M995: Calibrate Touch Screen

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
2.0.6+ No No No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No

M997: Perform in-application firmware update

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No No No No No
Parameters
Snnn Firmware module number(s), default 0
Bnnn Expansion board address, default 0 (i.e. main controller board)
Example
M997 S0:1 ; update firmware modules 0 and 1 on the main controller board
M997 B3 ; update firmware module 0 on the expansion board with address 3

This command triggers a firmware update if the necessary files are present on the SD card. In RepRapFirmware on the Duet series, module numbers are as follows:

0 - main firmware. The firmware filename depends on the controller electronics, e.g.sys/RepRapFirmware.bin (Duet 06/085), sys/Duet2CombinedFirmware (Duet WiFi/Ethernet), sys/DuetMaestroFirmware.bin (Duet Maestro). File sys/iap.bin (Duet), sys/iap4e.bin (Duet WiFi/Ethernet) or sys/iap4s.bin (Duet Maestro) must also be present.

1 - WiFi module firmware, filename sys/DuetWiFiServer.bin

2 - Reserved (on Duet WiFi running RepRapFirmware 1.18 and earlier, was web server file system)

3 - Duet WiFi main boards: put the WiFi module into bootloader mode so that firmware can be uploaded directly via its serial port. Duet 3 expansion boards: update the bootloader (RepRapFirmware 3.2 and later).

4 - Updates the firmware on an attached PanelDue v3 or later touch screen (supported in RRF 3.2 and later)

M998: Request resend of line

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No Yes ??? No ??? No No ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? No No No No ??? No ??? ???
Parameters
Pnnn Line number
Example
M998 P34

Request a resend of line 34. In some implementations the input-handling code overwrites the incoming G Code with this when it detects, for example, a checksum error. Then it leaves it up to the G-code interpreter to request the resend.

M999: Restart after being stopped by error

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? No ??? No Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No No No No No
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Pnnn Reset flags1
Bnnn CAN address of the board to reset (RRF only)2
Example
M999

Restarts the firmware using a software reset.

Notes

1The dc42 fork of RepRapFirmware not only resets the board but also puts the board into firmware upload mode if parameter PERASE is present. 2Starting from RRF 3.3 this parameter may be set to -1 to reboot the attached SBC (DuetPi + SBC)

Other commands

G: List all G-codes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No
Example
G

Print a list of all implemented G-codes in the firmware with description to the host.
(Note: this has been implemented in Redeem, and so is only a proposal.)

M: List all M-codes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
No No ??? No ??? No No ??? No
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No No No Yes No No No
Example
M

Print a list of all implemented M-codes in the firmware with description to the host.
(Note: this has been implemented in Redeem, and so is only a proposition)

T: Select Tool

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
Yes Yes ??? Yes ??? Yes Yes ??? Yes
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
No No No Yes No Yes Yes Yes No
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters.
Pnnn: Bitmap of all the macros to be run (only RRF 1.17b or later)
Tool number
Example
T1

Select tool (or in older implementations extruder) number 1 to build with.

The sequence followed is:

  1. Set the current tool to its standby temperatures specified by G10 (see above),
  2. Set the new tool to its operating temperatures specified by G10 and wait for all temperatures to stabilise,
  3. Apply any X, Y, Z offset for the new tool specified by G10,
  4. Use the new tool.

Selecting a non-existent tool (100, say) just does Step 1 above1. That is to say it leaves all tools in their standby state. You can, of course, use the G10 command beforehand to set that standby temperature to anything you like.

Note that you may wish to move to a parking position before executing a T command in order to allow the new extruder to reach temperature while not in contact with the print. It is acceptable for the firmware to apply a small offset [by convention (-1mm x tool-number) in Y] to the current position when the above sequence is entered to allow temperature changes to take effect just away from the parking position. Any such offset must, of course, be undone when the procedure finishes.

If the Z value changes in the offsets and the tool moves up, then the Z move is made before the X and Y moves. If Z moves down, X and Y are done first.

Some firmware (Such as Prusa i3 Printers with MMU) also support the Tx (recommended) and T?(depricated)2 commands to prompt the user to select a tool (or a filament in the case of the MultiMaterial Unit) on the printer's menu. Then the Tc command actually loads the selected filament.

Some implementations (e.g. RepRapFirmware) allow you to specify tool-change G Code macros3. There are normally three specified (any of which can contain no commands if desired) that execute in this order:

  1. Actions to do with the old tool before it is released - macro name: tfreeN.g where N is the tool number;
  2. (Old tool is released);
  3. Actions to do with the new tool before it is selected - macro name: tpreN.g where N is the tool number;
  4. (New tool is selected); and
  5. Actions to do with the new tool after it is selected - macro name: tpostN.g where N is the tool number.

With such implementations there is no wait for temperature stabilisation. That can be achieved by an M116 in any of the macros, of course. However be aware that recent RepRapFirmware versions does NOT run any tool change macros if the axes are not homed.

After a reset tools will not start heating until they are selected. You can either put them all at their standby temperature by selecting them in turn, or leave them off so they only come on if/when you first use them. The M0, M1, and M112 commands turn them all off. You can, of course, turn them all off with the M1 command, then turn some back on again. Don't forget also to turn on the heated bed (if any) if you use that trick.

Tool numbering may start at 0 or 1, depending on the implementation. Some implementations (those that use the M563 command to define tools) allow the user to specify tool numbers, so with them you can have tools 17, 99 and 203 if you want. Negative numbers are not allowed.

Notes

1 For RepRapFirmware, selecting a non-existent tool also removes any X/Y/Z offset applied for the old tool.

2 T? was the original form of the command, but it was changed to Tx when it was realized that the question mark character caused problems when printing through octoprint. This change was implemented in Prusa firmware 3.5.0.

3 Under special circumstances, the execution of those macro files may not be desired. RepRapFirmware 1.17b or later supports an optional P parameter to specify which macros shall be run. If absent then all the above macros will be run. Otherwise pass a bitmap of all the macros to be executed. The bitmap of this value consists of tfree=1, tpre=2 and tpost=4.

D: Debug codes

Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???

NOTE: These D codes are not compatible with the Gcode spec ( NIST Gcode spec, initially written for CNC, which Reprap initially messed up, after what the CNC side of Reprap has spent years trying to get Reprap back to respecting it ), and will make life hell for those building machines that do more than just 3D printing, or controllers that support this, as well as possibly cause other issues. I see this is from Prusa, and I know these guys are really cool about Open-Source, so I'm sure they care a lot about respecting standards and other projects as well, so I'm certain they'll fix this as soon as they see there is an issue. Thankfully this is very easy to fix, just change from D1 to Mxxx D1, where you find a Mxxx Gcode that is currently free and start using it. In Gcode, only M, G and T are keywords, D is a parameter, you can't make it a keyword without messing everything up. I'm sure for your subset of using Gcode, that's probably just fine, but it's not for the rest of us, and the whole point of adding things to this page, is for others to use it if they want/can/need, and the way it currently is ( breaking a standard ), this can't be used by others. Links:

This note by: -- [email protected]

Debug codes are not active by defalut and must be defined in source code.

D-1: Endless Loop
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
---
D0: Reset
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
This command will reset the board
B: Bootloader
D1: Clear EEPROM and RESET
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
This command will clear the EEPROM and reset the board
D2: Read/Write RAM
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters. It will read the entire RAM.
Annnn: Address (x0000-x1fff)
Cnnnn: Count (1-8192)
Xnnnn: Data (hex)
Notes
The hex address needs to be lowercase without the 0 before the x
Count is decimal
The hex data needs to be lowercase
D3: Read/Write EEPROM
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters. It will read the entire EEPROM.
Annnn: Address (x0000-x0fff)
Cnnnn: Count (1-4096)
Xnnnn: Data (hex)
Notes
The hex address needs to be lowercase without the 0 before the x
Count is decimal
The hex data needs to be lowercase
D4: Read/Write PIN
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
To read the digital value of a pin you need only to define the pin number.
Parameters
Pnnn: Pin (0-255)
Fn: Function in/out (0/1)
Vn: Value (0/1)
D5: Read/Write FLASH
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
This command can be used without any additional parameters. It will read the 1kb FLASH.
Annnn: Address (x00000-x3ffff)
Cnnnn: Count (1-8192)
Xnnnn: Data (hex)
E: Erase
Notes
The hex address needs to be lowercase without the 0 before the x
Count is decimal
The hex data needs to be lowercase
D6: Read/Write external FLASH
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Reserved
D7: Read/Write Bootloader
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Reserved
D8: Read/Write PINDA
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
?: Read PINDA temperature shift values
!: Reset PINDA temperature shift values to default
Pnnn: Pinda temperature [C]
Znnnn: Z Offset [mm]
D9: Read/Write ADC
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Parameters
I(index): ADC channel index
I0: Heater 0 temperature
I1: Heater 1 temperature
I2: Bed temperature
I3: PINDA temperature
I4: PWR voltage
I5: Ambient temperature
I6: BED voltage
V: Value to be written as simulated
D10: Set XYZ calibration = OK
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
D12: Time
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Writes current time in the log file.
D20: Generate an offline crash dump
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Generate a crash dump for later retrival.
Usage
D20 [E]
Parameters
E: Perform an emergency crash dump (resets the printer).
Notes
A crash dump can be later recovered with D21, or cleared with D22.
An emergency crash dump includes register data, but will cause the printer to reset after the dump is completed.
D21: Print crash dump to serial
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Output the complete crash dump (if present) to the serial.
Usage
D21
Notes
The starting address can vary between builds, but it's always at the beginning of the data section.
D22: Clear crash dump state
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Clear an existing internal crash dump.
Usage
D22
D23: Request emergency dump on serial
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
On boards without offline dump support, request online dumps to the serial port on firmware faults.
When online dumps are enabled, the FW will dump memory on the serial before resetting.
Usage
D23 [E] [R]
Parameters
E: Perform an emergency crash dump (resets the printer).
R: Disable online dumps.
D80: Bed check
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
This command will log data to SD card file "mesh.txt".
Parameters
E: Dimension X (default 40)
F: Dimension Y (default 40)
G: Points X (default 40)
H: Points Y (default 40)
I: Offset X (default 74)
J: Offset Y (default 34)
D81: Bed analysis
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
This command will log data to SD card file "wldsd.txt".
Parameters
E: Dimension X (default 40)
F: Dimension Y (default 40)
G: Points X (default 40)
H: Points Y (default 40)
I: Offset X (default 74)
J: Offset Y (default 34)
D106: Print measured fan speed for different pwm values
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
D2130: Trinamic stepper controller
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
Reserved
D9125: PAT9125 filament sensor
Support Marlin RepRapFirmware Klipper Prusa Buddy Repetier Smoothie Druid MK4duo
??? ??? ??? Yes ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
grbl Sprinter BFB FiveD Machinekit Redeem Teacup Yaskawa MakerBot
??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ??? ???
This command can be used without any additional parameters. It will read the PAT9125 values.
Parameters
?: Print values
!: Print values
R: Resolution. Not active in code
X: X values
Y: Y values
L: Activate filament sensor log

Proposed EEPROM configuration codes

Background: Every 3D printer has parameters that need to be persistent but also easily tunable, such as extrusion steps-per-mm and various planner values. Some of these parameters are hardcoded in firmware so that a user has to modify, recompile, and re-flash the firmware for certain adjustments, while others can be modified with an M-code and stored to the EEPROM or other persistent storage.

Current implementations:

Marlin and Sprinter use G-codes M500-M503 to save, load, reset, and report the settings mirrored in EEPROM. Note that the M503 command reports settings that may not have been saved to EEPROM yet.
Teacup uses G-codes M130-M136 to set, read, and save PID values.
Repetier Firmware uses M206 to set a stored value (using an ID number) and M205 to report settings.
RepRapFirmware uses the config-override.g file on the SD card for settings storage. M500 saves some values to that file, M501 re-loads settings from this file, and M502 loads the "factory settings" values from config.g, ignoring config-override.g.

Please see the RFC M-codes for EEPROM config proposed by AlexRa in March of 2011. There is currently no working implementation of the proposed commands.

Replies from the RepRap machine to the host computer

All communication is in printable ASCII characters.

Messages sent back to the host computer are terminated by a newline.

The basic protocol responses look like this:

xx [line number to resend] [T:93.2 B:22.9] [C: X:9.2 Y:125.4 Z:3.7 E:1902.5] [Some debugging or other information may be here]

xx can be one of:

  • ok - The RepRap machine is ready to receive the next line from the host.
  • rs or Resend - There was a communication error and the RepRap machine is requesting a resend of the line in question. The line is specified either as N<linenumber> or N:<linenumber>. Examples: Resend: 123, Resend: N123, rs:123
  • !! or Error: or fatal: (Repetier Firmware) - There was an error. Common communication errors such as checksum mismatch, Last Line: <number> or Wrong checksum, No Checksum with line number, Last Line: <number> or Missing checksum, Line Number is not Last Line Number+1, Last Line: <number> or expected line <number1> got <number2> are recoverable and should immediately be followed by a resend. Other non-fatal errors commonly include Unknown command: "<command>" and several SD related errors such as Cannot open subdir <dir>, SD init fail, volume.init failed, openRoot failed, workDir open failed, open failed, File: <name>, error writing to file, Cannot enter subdir: <dir> and SD read error. Any other errors indicate a hardware fault that will make the RepRap machine shut down immediately after it has sent this message. They should be considered fatal by hosts.
  • wait - The RepRap machine's command buffers are empty and it is waiting for the next line from the host.
  • busy:<reason> - The RepRap machine is busy for some reason and currently cannot receive or process commands through the serial interface from a connected host. Possible reasons are: `processing` (the RepRap machine is busy with processing some lengthy command, like homing, heatup or auto leveling), paused for user (the RepRap machine is paused and awaiting an action by the user via its built in controller unit, e.g. clicking the button), paused for input (the RepRap machine is paused and waiting for input from the user via its built in controller unit, e.g. selecting a menu option). Examples: busy: processing, busy: paused for user.

The T: and B: values are the temperature of the currently-selected extruder and the bed respectively, and are only sent in response to M105. If such temperatures don't exist (for example for an extruder that works at room temperature and doesn't have a sensor) then a value below absolute zero (-273oC) is returned.

C: means that coordinates follow. Those are the X: Y: etc values. These are only sent in response to M114 and M117.

The RepRap machine may also send lines that look like this:

// This is some debugging or other information on a line on its own. It may be sent at any time.

Such lines will always be preceded by //.

The most common response is simply:

ok

When the machine boots up it sends the string

start

once to the host before sending anything else. This should not be replaced or augmented by version numbers and the like. M115 (see above) requests those.

Originally, every line sent by RepRap to the host computer except the start line was supposed to have a two-character prefix (one of ok, rs, !! or //). The machine should never send a line without such a prefix. These days, firmwares generally do not adhere to this rule and thus it should be considered obsolete.

Example of a communication error with resend request

>>> are lines sent from the host to the RepRap machine, <<< are lines sent from the RepRap machine to the host.

 >>> N66555 G1 X131.338 Y133.349 E0.0091*91
 <<< ok
 >>> N66556 G1 X131.574 Y133.428 E0.0046*42
 <<< Error:checksum mismatch, Last Line: 66555
 <<< Resend: 66556
 <<< ok
 >>> N66556 G1 X131.574 Y133.428 E0.0046*92
 <<< ok

Action commands

The current versions of Pronterface and OctoPrint can interpret special commands sent by the firmware of the form:

//action:<command>

Other hosts simply ignore or echo this output from the firmware.

The available Host Action Commands are:

  • start: Tell the host to start the currently selected print job. (OctoPrint 1.5.0+)
  • pause: Tell the host to pause the print job.
  • resume: Tell the host to resume the print job.
  • disconnect: Tell the host to disconnect from the printer.
  • cancel: Tell the host to abort the current job.
  • out_of_filament T<extruder_id>: Tell the host that an extruder's filament is out or jammed. Host should issue a pause and can offer better help to the user. For backwards-compatibility it should be followed by the pause action.
  • paused: Tell the host that a printer-controlled print job was paused. (OctoPrint 1.3.9+)
  • resumed: Tell the host that a printer-controlled print job was resumed. (OctoPrint 1.3.9+)
  • probe_rewipe: Display a "G29 Probing Retrying" alert. (Lulzbot Cura 3.6+)
  • probe_failed: Cancel the print job and display a "G29 Probing Failed" alert. (Lulzbot Cura 3.6+)
  • sd_inserted: The SD card was inserted. Hosts should update internal state as needed. (OctoPrint 1.6.0+)
  • sd_ejected: The SD card was ejected. Hosts should update internal state as needed. (OctoPrint 1.6.0+)
  • sd_updated: The SD card was updated. Hosts should update internal state as needed. (OctoPrint 1.6.0+)

Action commands can also be sent by the firmware to have the host show alerts and prompts for user feedback. The following commands are supported by OctoPrint 1.3.9 or later with the "Action Command Prompt support" plugin enabled.

  • prompt_begin <message>: Start a user prompt dialog that displays <message> to the user.
  • prompt_choice <text>: Define a dialog choice with the associated <text>.
  • prompt_button <text>: Same as prompt_choice.
  • prompt_show: Tell the host to prompt the user with the defined dialog.
  • prompt_end: Tell the host to close the dialog (e.g., the choice was made from the printer's own UI).

After showing a user dialog the host should wait for feedback and send the user's selection back to the firmware with M876 Snnn as described in G-Code#M876:_Dialog_handling. On connection (or whenever the functionality is enabled in the host) the host can tell the firmware that it supports host dialogs by sending M876 P1.

For more detailed examples of prompt_* action command dialogs, see OctoPrint's documentation.

Further notes

RepRapFirmware responds to some commands with a reply string in JSON format, terminated by a newline. This allows later firmware revisions to include additional information without confusing clients (e.g. PanelDue) that do not expect it, and to make responses self-describing so that the client will not be confused if responses are delayed or lost. The commands affected are:

  • M105 S2 (now deprecated in favor of M408)
  • M105 S3 (now deprecated in favor of M408)
  • M20 S2
  • M36
  • M408

It is also possible to generate GCODE by using ChatGPT prompts such as following source additive blog :

"write the gcode of 10cm * 10cm * 10cm cube with 50% infill for an open source reprap design 3d printer"

Proposal for sending multiple lines of G-code

So far, this is a proposal, open for discussion.

Problem to solve

When using Marlin firmware or emulating Marlin, each line of G-code sent from the host to the controller is answered with an ok before the next line can be sent without locking communications up. This slows down communication and limits the number of commands-per-second that can be sent to the control board, and the USB stack on the host and the serial interface driver on the Arduino also add their own latencies (up to 10 milliseconds). This is not a problem for other controller electronics using native USB such as the Duet, because the standard serial-over-USB drivers provide flow control, so the host software can be configured not to wait for the ok.

For more details on this proposal, some suggested solutions and comments, please see GCODE_buffer_multiline_proposal

Alternatives to G-code

Main article: Firmware/Alternative#alternatives to G-code

Several people have suggested using STEP-NC or some other control language; or perhaps designing a completely new control language.